1 // Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements.
2 // The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license.
3 // See the LICENSE file in the project root for more information.
5 /*XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
6 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
8 XX Amd64/x86 Code Generator XX
10 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
11 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
18 #ifndef LEGACY_BACKEND // This file is ONLY used for the RyuJIT backend that uses the linear scan register allocator.
25 #include "gcinfoencoder.h"
27 /*****************************************************************************
29 * Generate code that will set the given register to the integer constant.
32 void CodeGen::genSetRegToIcon(regNumber reg, ssize_t val, var_types type, insFlags flags)
34 // Reg cannot be a FP reg
35 assert(!genIsValidFloatReg(reg));
37 // The only TYP_REF constant that can come this path is a managed 'null' since it is not
38 // relocatable. Other ref type constants (e.g. string objects) go through a different
40 noway_assert(type != TYP_REF || val == 0);
44 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(emitActualTypeSize(type), reg, flags);
48 // TODO-XArch-CQ: needs all the optimized cases
49 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_mov, emitActualTypeSize(type), reg, val);
53 /*****************************************************************************
55 * Generate code to check that the GS cookie wasn't thrashed by a buffer
56 * overrun. If pushReg is true, preserve all registers around code sequence.
57 * Otherwise ECX could be modified.
59 * Implementation Note: pushReg = true, in case of tail calls.
61 void CodeGen::genEmitGSCookieCheck(bool pushReg)
63 noway_assert(compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieAddr || compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal);
65 // Make sure that EAX is reported as live GC-ref so that any GC that kicks in while
66 // executing GS cookie check will not collect the object pointed to by EAX.
68 // For Amd64 System V, a two-register-returned struct could be returned in RAX and RDX
69 // In such case make sure that the correct GC-ness of RDX is reported as well, so
70 // a GC object pointed by RDX will not be collected.
73 // Handle multi-reg return type values
74 if (compiler->compMethodReturnsMultiRegRetType())
76 ReturnTypeDesc retTypeDesc;
77 if (varTypeIsLong(compiler->info.compRetNativeType))
79 retTypeDesc.InitializeLongReturnType(compiler);
81 else // we must have a struct return type
83 retTypeDesc.InitializeStructReturnType(compiler, compiler->info.compMethodInfo->args.retTypeClass);
86 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc.GetReturnRegCount();
88 // Only x86 and x64 Unix ABI allows multi-reg return and
89 // number of result regs should be equal to MAX_RET_REG_COUNT.
90 assert(regCount == MAX_RET_REG_COUNT);
92 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
94 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(retTypeDesc.GetABIReturnReg(i), retTypeDesc.GetReturnRegType(i));
97 else if (compiler->compMethodReturnsRetBufAddr())
99 // This is for returning in an implicit RetBuf.
100 // If the address of the buffer is returned in REG_INTRET, mark the content of INTRET as ByRef.
102 // In case the return is in an implicit RetBuf, the native return type should be a struct
103 assert(varTypeIsStruct(compiler->info.compRetNativeType));
105 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(REG_INTRET, TYP_BYREF);
107 // ... all other cases.
110 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
111 // For x64, structs that are not returned in registers are always
112 // returned in implicit RetBuf. If we reached here, we should not have
113 // a RetBuf and the return type should not be a struct.
114 assert(compiler->info.compRetBuffArg == BAD_VAR_NUM);
115 assert(!varTypeIsStruct(compiler->info.compRetNativeType));
116 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
118 // For x86 Windows we can't make such assertions since we generate code for returning of
119 // the RetBuf in REG_INTRET only when the ProfilerHook is enabled. Otherwise
120 // compRetNativeType could be TYP_STRUCT.
121 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(REG_INTRET, compiler->info.compRetNativeType);
125 regNumber regGSCheck;
126 regMaskTP regMaskGSCheck = RBM_NONE;
130 // Non-tail call: we can use any callee trash register that is not
131 // a return register or contain 'this' pointer (keep alive this), since
132 // we are generating GS cookie check after a GT_RETURN block.
133 // Note: On Amd64 System V RDX is an arg register - REG_ARG_2 - as well
134 // as return register for two-register-returned structs.
135 if (compiler->lvaKeepAliveAndReportThis() && compiler->lvaTable[compiler->info.compThisArg].lvRegister &&
136 (compiler->lvaTable[compiler->info.compThisArg].lvRegNum == REG_ARG_0))
138 regGSCheck = REG_ARG_1;
142 regGSCheck = REG_ARG_0;
148 // It doesn't matter which register we pick, since we're going to save and restore it
150 // TODO-CQ: Can we optimize the choice of register to avoid doing the push/pop sometimes?
151 regGSCheck = REG_EAX;
152 regMaskGSCheck = RBM_EAX;
153 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
154 // Tail calls from methods that need GS check: We need to preserve registers while
155 // emitting GS cookie check for a tail prefixed call or a jmp. To emit GS cookie
156 // check, we might need a register. This won't be an issue for jmp calls for the
157 // reason mentioned below (see comment starting with "Jmp Calls:").
159 // The following are the possible solutions in case of tail prefixed calls:
160 // 1) Use R11 - ignore tail prefix on calls that need to pass a param in R11 when
161 // present in methods that require GS cookie check. Rest of the tail calls that
162 // do not require R11 will be honored.
163 // 2) Internal register - GT_CALL node reserves an internal register and emits GS
164 // cookie check as part of tail call codegen. GenExitCode() needs to special case
165 // fast tail calls implemented as epilog+jmp or such tail calls should always get
166 // dispatched via helper.
167 // 3) Materialize GS cookie check as a sperate node hanging off GT_CALL node in
168 // right execution order during rationalization.
170 // There are two calls that use R11: VSD and calli pinvokes with cookie param. Tail
171 // prefix on pinvokes is ignored. That is, options 2 and 3 will allow tail prefixed
172 // VSD calls from methods that need GS check.
174 // Tail prefixed calls: Right now for Jit64 compat, method requiring GS cookie check
175 // ignores tail prefix. In future, if we intend to support tail calls from such a method,
176 // consider one of the options mentioned above. For now adding an assert that we don't
177 // expect to see a tail call in a method that requires GS check.
178 noway_assert(!compiler->compTailCallUsed);
180 // Jmp calls: specify method handle using which JIT queries VM for its entry point
181 // address and hence it can neither be a VSD call nor PInvoke calli with cookie
182 // parameter. Therefore, in case of jmp calls it is safe to use R11.
183 regGSCheck = REG_R11;
184 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
187 regMaskTP byrefPushedRegs = RBM_NONE;
188 regMaskTP norefPushedRegs = RBM_NONE;
189 regMaskTP pushedRegs = RBM_NONE;
191 if (compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieAddr == nullptr)
193 #if defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
194 // If GS cookie value fits within 32-bits we can use 'cmp mem64, imm32'.
195 // Otherwise, load the value into a reg and use 'cmp mem64, reg64'.
196 if ((int)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal != (ssize_t)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal)
198 genSetRegToIcon(regGSCheck, compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal, TYP_I_IMPL);
199 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(INS_cmp, EA_PTRSIZE, regGSCheck, compiler->lvaGSSecurityCookie, 0);
202 #endif // defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
204 assert((int)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal == (ssize_t)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal);
205 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_I(INS_cmp, EA_PTRSIZE, compiler->lvaGSSecurityCookie, 0,
206 (int)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal);
211 // Ngen case - GS cookie value needs to be accessed through an indirection.
213 pushedRegs = genPushRegs(regMaskGSCheck, &byrefPushedRegs, &norefPushedRegs);
215 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Imm(EA_HANDLE_CNS_RELOC, regGSCheck, (ssize_t)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieAddr);
216 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(ins_Load(TYP_I_IMPL), EA_PTRSIZE, regGSCheck, regGSCheck, 0);
217 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(INS_cmp, EA_PTRSIZE, regGSCheck, compiler->lvaGSSecurityCookie, 0);
220 BasicBlock* gsCheckBlk = genCreateTempLabel();
221 emitJumpKind jmpEqual = genJumpKindForOper(GT_EQ, CK_SIGNED);
222 inst_JMP(jmpEqual, gsCheckBlk);
223 genEmitHelperCall(CORINFO_HELP_FAIL_FAST, 0, EA_UNKNOWN);
224 genDefineTempLabel(gsCheckBlk);
226 genPopRegs(pushedRegs, byrefPushedRegs, norefPushedRegs);
229 BasicBlock* CodeGen::genCallFinally(BasicBlock* block)
231 #if FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
232 // Generate a call to the finally, like this:
233 // mov rcx,qword ptr [rbp + 20H] // Load rcx with PSPSym
234 // call finally-funclet
235 // jmp finally-return // Only for non-retless finally calls
236 // The jmp can be a NOP if we're going to the next block.
237 // If we're generating code for the main function (not a funclet), and there is no localloc,
238 // then RSP at this point is the same value as that stored in the PSPSym. So just copy RSP
239 // instead of loading the PSPSym in this case, or if PSPSym is not used (CoreRT ABI).
241 if ((compiler->lvaPSPSym == BAD_VAR_NUM) ||
242 (!compiler->compLocallocUsed && (compiler->funCurrentFunc()->funKind == FUNC_ROOT)))
245 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_ARG_0, REG_SPBASE, TYP_I_IMPL);
246 #endif // !UNIX_X86_ABI
250 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(TYP_I_IMPL), EA_PTRSIZE, REG_ARG_0, compiler->lvaPSPSym, 0);
252 getEmitter()->emitIns_J(INS_call, block->bbJumpDest);
254 if (block->bbFlags & BBF_RETLESS_CALL)
256 // We have a retless call, and the last instruction generated was a call.
257 // If the next block is in a different EH region (or is the end of the code
258 // block), then we need to generate a breakpoint here (since it will never
259 // get executed) to get proper unwind behavior.
261 if ((block->bbNext == nullptr) || !BasicBlock::sameEHRegion(block, block->bbNext))
263 instGen(INS_BREAKPOINT); // This should never get executed
268 // TODO-Linux-x86: Do we need to handle the GC information for this NOP or JMP specially, as is done for other
270 #ifndef JIT32_GCENCODER
271 // Because of the way the flowgraph is connected, the liveness info for this one instruction
272 // after the call is not (can not be) correct in cases where a variable has a last use in the
273 // handler. So turn off GC reporting for this single instruction.
274 getEmitter()->emitDisableGC();
275 #endif // JIT32_GCENCODER
277 // Now go to where the finally funclet needs to return to.
278 if (block->bbNext->bbJumpDest == block->bbNext->bbNext)
281 // TODO-XArch-CQ: Can we get rid of this instruction, and just have the call return directly
282 // to the next instruction? This would depend on stack walking from within the finally
283 // handler working without this instruction being in this special EH region.
288 inst_JMP(EJ_jmp, block->bbNext->bbJumpDest);
291 #ifndef JIT32_GCENCODER
292 getEmitter()->emitEnableGC();
293 #endif // JIT32_GCENCODER
296 #else // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
298 // If we are about to invoke a finally locally from a try block, we have to set the ShadowSP slot
299 // corresponding to the finally's nesting level. When invoked in response to an exception, the
302 // We have a BBJ_CALLFINALLY followed by a BBJ_ALWAYS.
305 // mov [ebp - (n + 1)], 0
306 // mov [ebp - n ], 0xFC
316 noway_assert(isFramePointerUsed());
318 // Get the nesting level which contains the finally
319 unsigned finallyNesting = 0;
320 compiler->fgGetNestingLevel(block, &finallyNesting);
322 // The last slot is reserved for ICodeManager::FixContext(ppEndRegion)
323 unsigned filterEndOffsetSlotOffs;
324 filterEndOffsetSlotOffs = (unsigned)(compiler->lvaLclSize(compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar) - TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
326 unsigned curNestingSlotOffs;
327 curNestingSlotOffs = (unsigned)(filterEndOffsetSlotOffs - ((finallyNesting + 1) * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE));
329 // Zero out the slot for the next nesting level
330 instGen_Store_Imm_Into_Lcl(TYP_I_IMPL, EA_PTRSIZE, 0, compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar,
331 curNestingSlotOffs - TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
332 instGen_Store_Imm_Into_Lcl(TYP_I_IMPL, EA_PTRSIZE, LCL_FINALLY_MARK, compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar,
335 // Now push the address where the finally funclet should return to directly.
336 if (!(block->bbFlags & BBF_RETLESS_CALL))
338 assert(block->isBBCallAlwaysPair());
339 getEmitter()->emitIns_J(INS_push_hide, block->bbNext->bbJumpDest);
343 // EE expects a DWORD, so we give him 0
344 inst_IV(INS_push_hide, 0);
347 // Jump to the finally BB
348 inst_JMP(EJ_jmp, block->bbJumpDest);
350 #endif // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
352 // The BBJ_ALWAYS is used because the BBJ_CALLFINALLY can't point to the
353 // jump target using bbJumpDest - that is already used to point
354 // to the finally block. So just skip past the BBJ_ALWAYS unless the
356 if (!(block->bbFlags & BBF_RETLESS_CALL))
358 assert(block->isBBCallAlwaysPair());
359 block = block->bbNext;
364 #if FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
365 void CodeGen::genEHCatchRet(BasicBlock* block)
367 // Set RAX to the address the VM should return to after the catch.
368 // Generate a RIP-relative
369 // lea reg, [rip + disp32] ; the RIP is implicit
370 // which will be position-indepenent.
371 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_L(INS_lea, EA_PTR_DSP_RELOC, block->bbJumpDest, REG_INTRET);
374 #else // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
376 void CodeGen::genEHFinallyOrFilterRet(BasicBlock* block)
378 // The last statement of the block must be a GT_RETFILT, which has already been generated.
379 assert(block->lastNode() != nullptr);
380 assert(block->lastNode()->OperGet() == GT_RETFILT);
382 if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_EHFINALLYRET)
384 assert(block->lastNode()->gtOp.gtOp1 == nullptr); // op1 == nullptr means endfinally
386 // Return using a pop-jmp sequence. As the "try" block calls
387 // the finally with a jmp, this leaves the x86 call-ret stack
388 // balanced in the normal flow of path.
390 noway_assert(isFramePointerRequired());
391 inst_RV(INS_pop_hide, REG_EAX, TYP_I_IMPL);
392 inst_RV(INS_i_jmp, REG_EAX, TYP_I_IMPL);
396 assert(block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_EHFILTERRET);
398 // The return value has already been computed.
403 #endif // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
405 // Move an immediate value into an integer register
407 void CodeGen::instGen_Set_Reg_To_Imm(emitAttr size, regNumber reg, ssize_t imm, insFlags flags)
409 // reg cannot be a FP register
410 assert(!genIsValidFloatReg(reg));
412 if (!compiler->opts.compReloc)
414 size = EA_SIZE(size); // Strip any Reloc flags from size if we aren't doing relocs
417 if ((imm == 0) && !EA_IS_RELOC(size))
419 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(size, reg, flags);
423 if (genDataIndirAddrCanBeEncodedAsPCRelOffset(imm))
425 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AI(INS_lea, EA_PTR_DSP_RELOC, reg, imm);
429 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_mov, size, reg, imm);
432 regTracker.rsTrackRegIntCns(reg, imm);
435 /***********************************************************************************
437 * Generate code to set a register 'targetReg' of type 'targetType' to the constant
438 * specified by the constant (GT_CNS_INT or GT_CNS_DBL) in 'tree'. This does not call
439 * genProduceReg() on the target register.
441 void CodeGen::genSetRegToConst(regNumber targetReg, var_types targetType, GenTreePtr tree)
444 switch (tree->gtOper)
448 // relocatable values tend to come down as a CNS_INT of native int type
449 // so the line between these two opcodes is kind of blurry
450 GenTreeIntConCommon* con = tree->AsIntConCommon();
451 ssize_t cnsVal = con->IconValue();
453 if (con->ImmedValNeedsReloc(compiler))
455 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Imm(EA_HANDLE_CNS_RELOC, targetReg, cnsVal);
456 regTracker.rsTrackRegTrash(targetReg);
460 genSetRegToIcon(targetReg, cnsVal, targetType);
467 double constValue = tree->gtDblCon.gtDconVal;
469 // Make sure we use "xorpd reg, reg" only for +ve zero constant (0.0) and not for -ve zero (-0.0)
470 if (*(__int64*)&constValue == 0)
472 // A faster/smaller way to generate 0
473 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(GT_XOR, targetType);
474 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, targetReg, targetType);
479 if (targetType == TYP_FLOAT)
481 float f = forceCastToFloat(constValue);
482 cns = genMakeConst(&f, targetType, tree, false);
486 cns = genMakeConst(&constValue, targetType, tree, true);
489 inst_RV_TT(ins_Load(targetType), targetReg, cns);
499 // Generate code to get the high N bits of a N*N=2N bit multiplication result
500 void CodeGen::genCodeForMulHi(GenTreeOp* treeNode)
502 if (treeNode->OperGet() == GT_MULHI)
504 assert(!(treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED));
506 assert(!treeNode->gtOverflowEx());
508 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
509 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
510 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
511 emitAttr size = emitTypeSize(treeNode);
512 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
513 GenTree* op2 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp2;
515 // to get the high bits of the multiply, we are constrained to using the
516 // 1-op form: RDX:RAX = RAX * rm
517 // The 3-op form (Rx=Ry*Rz) does not support it.
519 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
521 GenTree* regOp = op1;
524 // Set rmOp to the memory operand (if any)
525 if (op1->isUsedFromMemory() || (op2->isUsedFromReg() && (op2->gtRegNum == REG_RAX)))
530 assert(regOp->isUsedFromReg());
532 // Setup targetReg when neither of the source operands was a matching register
533 if (regOp->gtRegNum != REG_RAX)
535 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), REG_RAX, regOp->gtRegNum, targetType);
539 if ((treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) == 0)
547 emit->emitInsBinary(ins, size, treeNode, rmOp);
549 // Move the result to the desired register, if necessary
550 if (treeNode->OperGet() == GT_MULHI && targetReg != REG_RDX)
552 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, REG_RDX, targetType);
557 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
558 // genCodeForLongUMod: Generate code for a tree of the form
559 // `(umod (gt_long x y) (const int))`
562 // node - the node for which to generate code
564 void CodeGen::genCodeForLongUMod(GenTreeOp* node)
566 assert(node != nullptr);
567 assert(node->OperGet() == GT_UMOD);
568 assert(node->TypeGet() == TYP_INT);
570 GenTreeOp* const dividend = node->gtOp1->AsOp();
571 assert(dividend->OperGet() == GT_LONG);
572 assert(varTypeIsLong(dividend));
574 genConsumeOperands(node);
576 GenTree* const dividendLo = dividend->gtOp1;
577 GenTree* const dividendHi = dividend->gtOp2;
578 assert(dividendLo->isUsedFromReg());
579 assert(dividendHi->isUsedFromReg());
581 GenTree* const divisor = node->gtOp2;
582 assert(divisor->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT);
583 assert(divisor->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->isUsedFromReg());
584 assert(divisor->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal >= 2);
585 assert(divisor->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal <= 0x3fffffff);
587 // dividendLo must be in RAX; dividendHi must be in RDX
588 genCopyRegIfNeeded(dividendLo, REG_EAX);
589 genCopyRegIfNeeded(dividendHi, REG_EDX);
591 // At this point, EAX:EDX contains the 64bit dividend and op2->gtRegNum
592 // contains the 32bit divisor. We want to generate the following code:
594 // cmp edx, divisor->gtRegNum
600 // div divisor->gtRegNum
604 // div divisor->gtRegNum
606 // This works because (a * 2^32 + b) % c = ((a % c) * 2^32 + b) % c.
608 BasicBlock* const noOverflow = genCreateTempLabel();
610 // cmp edx, divisor->gtRegNum
612 inst_RV_RV(INS_cmp, REG_EDX, divisor->gtRegNum);
613 inst_JMP(EJ_jb, noOverflow);
618 // div divisor->gtRegNum
620 const regNumber tempReg = node->GetSingleTempReg();
621 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tempReg, REG_EAX, TYP_INT);
622 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_EAX, REG_EDX, TYP_INT);
623 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(EA_PTRSIZE, REG_EDX);
624 inst_RV(INS_div, divisor->gtRegNum, TYP_INT);
625 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_EAX, tempReg, TYP_INT);
628 // div divisor->gtRegNum
629 genDefineTempLabel(noOverflow);
630 inst_RV(INS_div, divisor->gtRegNum, TYP_INT);
632 const regNumber targetReg = node->gtRegNum;
633 if (targetReg != REG_EDX)
635 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, REG_RDX, TYP_INT);
639 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
641 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
642 // genCodeForDivMod: Generate code for a DIV or MOD operation.
645 // treeNode - the node to generate the code for
647 void CodeGen::genCodeForDivMod(GenTreeOp* treeNode)
649 GenTree* dividend = treeNode->gtOp1;
651 if (varTypeIsLong(dividend->TypeGet()))
653 genCodeForLongUMod(treeNode);
656 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
658 GenTree* divisor = treeNode->gtOp2;
659 genTreeOps oper = treeNode->OperGet();
660 emitAttr size = emitTypeSize(treeNode);
661 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
662 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
663 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
665 // dividend is in a register.
666 assert(dividend->isUsedFromReg());
668 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
669 if (varTypeIsFloating(targetType))
671 // Check that divisor is a valid operand.
672 // Note that a reg optional operand is a treated as a memory op
673 // if no register is allocated to it.
674 assert(divisor->isUsedFromReg() || divisor->isMemoryOp() || divisor->IsCnsFltOrDbl() ||
675 divisor->IsRegOptional());
677 // Floating point div/rem operation
678 assert(oper == GT_DIV || oper == GT_MOD);
680 if (dividend->gtRegNum == targetReg)
682 emit->emitInsBinary(genGetInsForOper(treeNode->gtOper, targetType), size, treeNode, divisor);
684 else if (divisor->isUsedFromReg() && divisor->gtRegNum == targetReg)
686 // It is not possible to generate 2-operand divss or divsd where reg2 = reg1 / reg2
687 // because divss/divsd reg1, reg2 will over-write reg1. Therefore, in case of AMD64
688 // LSRA has to make sure that such a register assignment is not generated for floating
689 // point div/rem operations.
691 !"GT_DIV/GT_MOD (float): case of reg2 = reg1 / reg2, LSRA should never generate such a reg assignment");
695 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, dividend->gtRegNum, targetType);
696 emit->emitInsBinary(genGetInsForOper(treeNode->gtOper, targetType), size, treeNode, divisor);
701 // dividend must be in RAX
702 genCopyRegIfNeeded(dividend, REG_RAX);
704 // zero or sign extend rax to rdx
705 if (oper == GT_UMOD || oper == GT_UDIV)
707 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(EA_PTRSIZE, REG_EDX);
711 emit->emitIns(INS_cdq, size);
712 // the cdq instruction writes RDX, So clear the gcInfo for RDX
713 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(RBM_RDX);
716 // Perform the 'targetType' (64-bit or 32-bit) divide instruction
718 if (oper == GT_UMOD || oper == GT_UDIV)
727 emit->emitInsBinary(ins, size, treeNode, divisor);
729 // DIV/IDIV instructions always store the quotient in RAX and the remainder in RDX.
730 // Move the result to the desired register, if necessary
731 if (oper == GT_DIV || oper == GT_UDIV)
733 if (targetReg != REG_RAX)
735 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, REG_RAX, targetType);
740 assert((oper == GT_MOD) || (oper == GT_UMOD));
741 if (targetReg != REG_RDX)
743 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, REG_RDX, targetType);
747 genProduceReg(treeNode);
750 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
751 // genCodeForBinary: Generate code for many binary arithmetic operators
752 // This method is expected to have called genConsumeOperands() before calling it.
755 // treeNode - The binary operation for which we are generating code.
761 // Mul and div variants have special constraints on x64 so are not handled here.
762 // See teh assert below for the operators that are handled.
764 void CodeGen::genCodeForBinary(GenTree* treeNode)
766 const genTreeOps oper = treeNode->OperGet();
767 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
768 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
769 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
771 #if defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
772 assert(oper == GT_OR || oper == GT_XOR || oper == GT_AND || oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB);
773 #else // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
774 assert(oper == GT_OR || oper == GT_XOR || oper == GT_AND || oper == GT_ADD_LO || oper == GT_ADD_HI ||
775 oper == GT_SUB_LO || oper == GT_SUB_HI || oper == GT_MUL_LONG || oper == GT_DIV_HI || oper == GT_MOD_HI ||
776 oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB);
777 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
779 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
780 GenTreePtr op2 = treeNode->gtGetOp2();
782 // Commutative operations can mark op1 as contained or reg-optional to generate "op reg, memop/immed"
783 if (!op1->isUsedFromReg())
785 assert(treeNode->OperIsCommutative());
786 assert(op1->isMemoryOp() || op1->IsCnsNonZeroFltOrDbl() || op1->IsIntCnsFitsInI32() || op1->IsRegOptional());
788 op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp2();
789 op2 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
792 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(treeNode->OperGet(), targetType);
794 // The arithmetic node must be sitting in a register (since it's not contained)
795 noway_assert(targetReg != REG_NA);
797 regNumber op1reg = op1->isUsedFromReg() ? op1->gtRegNum : REG_NA;
798 regNumber op2reg = op2->isUsedFromReg() ? op2->gtRegNum : REG_NA;
803 // This is the case of reg1 = reg1 op reg2
804 // We're ready to emit the instruction without any moves
805 if (op1reg == targetReg)
810 // We have reg1 = reg2 op reg1
811 // In order for this operation to be correct
812 // we need that op is a commutative operation so
813 // we can convert it into reg1 = reg1 op reg2 and emit
814 // the same code as above
815 else if (op2reg == targetReg)
817 noway_assert(GenTree::OperIsCommutative(oper));
821 // now we know there are 3 different operands so attempt to use LEA
822 else if (oper == GT_ADD && !varTypeIsFloating(treeNode) && !treeNode->gtOverflowEx() // LEA does not set flags
823 && (op2->isContainedIntOrIImmed() || op2->isUsedFromReg()) && !treeNode->gtSetFlags())
825 if (op2->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
827 emit->emitIns_R_AR(INS_lea, emitTypeSize(treeNode), targetReg, op1reg,
828 (int)op2->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue());
832 assert(op2reg != REG_NA);
833 emit->emitIns_R_ARX(INS_lea, emitTypeSize(treeNode), targetReg, op1reg, op2reg, 1, 0);
835 genProduceReg(treeNode);
838 // dest, op1 and op2 registers are different:
839 // reg3 = reg1 op reg2
840 // We can implement this by issuing a mov:
842 // reg3 = reg3 op reg2
845 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, op1reg, targetType);
846 regTracker.rsTrackRegCopy(targetReg, op1reg);
847 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(targetReg, targetType);
852 // try to use an inc or dec
853 if (oper == GT_ADD && !varTypeIsFloating(treeNode) && src->isContainedIntOrIImmed() && !treeNode->gtOverflowEx())
855 if (src->IsIntegralConst(1))
857 emit->emitIns_R(INS_inc, emitTypeSize(treeNode), targetReg);
858 genProduceReg(treeNode);
861 else if (src->IsIntegralConst(-1))
863 emit->emitIns_R(INS_dec, emitTypeSize(treeNode), targetReg);
864 genProduceReg(treeNode);
868 regNumber r = emit->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(treeNode), dst, src);
869 noway_assert(r == targetReg);
871 if (treeNode->gtOverflowEx())
873 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
874 assert(oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB || oper == GT_ADD_HI || oper == GT_SUB_HI);
876 assert(oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB);
878 genCheckOverflow(treeNode);
880 genProduceReg(treeNode);
883 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
884 // isStructReturn: Returns whether the 'treeNode' is returning a struct.
887 // treeNode - The tree node to evaluate whether is a struct return.
890 // For AMD64 *nix: returns true if the 'treeNode" is a GT_RETURN node, of type struct.
891 // Otherwise returns false.
892 // For other platforms always returns false.
894 bool CodeGen::isStructReturn(GenTreePtr treeNode)
896 // This method could be called for 'treeNode' of GT_RET_FILT or GT_RETURN.
897 // For the GT_RET_FILT, the return is always
898 // a bool or a void, for the end of a finally block.
899 noway_assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_RETURN || treeNode->OperGet() == GT_RETFILT);
900 if (treeNode->OperGet() != GT_RETURN)
905 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
906 return varTypeIsStruct(treeNode);
907 #else // !FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
908 assert(!varTypeIsStruct(treeNode));
910 #endif // FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
913 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
914 // genStructReturn: Generates code for returning a struct.
917 // treeNode - The GT_RETURN tree node.
923 // op1 of GT_RETURN node is either GT_LCL_VAR or multi-reg GT_CALL
924 void CodeGen::genStructReturn(GenTreePtr treeNode)
926 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_RETURN);
927 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
929 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
930 if (op1->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR)
932 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclVar = op1->AsLclVarCommon();
933 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[lclVar->gtLclNum]);
934 assert(varDsc->lvIsMultiRegRet);
936 ReturnTypeDesc retTypeDesc;
937 retTypeDesc.InitializeStructReturnType(compiler, varDsc->lvVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle());
938 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc.GetReturnRegCount();
939 assert(regCount == MAX_RET_REG_COUNT);
941 if (varTypeIsEnregisterableStruct(op1))
943 // Right now the only enregistrable structs supported are SIMD vector types.
944 assert(varTypeIsSIMD(op1));
945 assert(op1->isUsedFromReg());
947 // This is a case of operand is in a single reg and needs to be
948 // returned in multiple ABI return registers.
949 regNumber opReg = genConsumeReg(op1);
950 regNumber reg0 = retTypeDesc.GetABIReturnReg(0);
951 regNumber reg1 = retTypeDesc.GetABIReturnReg(1);
953 if (opReg != reg0 && opReg != reg1)
955 // Operand reg is different from return regs.
956 // Copy opReg to reg0 and let it to be handled by one of the
958 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(TYP_DOUBLE), reg0, opReg, TYP_DOUBLE);
964 assert(opReg != reg1);
966 // reg0 - already has required 8-byte in bit position [63:0].
968 // swap upper and lower 8-bytes of reg1 so that desired 8-byte is in bit position [63:0].
969 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(TYP_DOUBLE), reg1, opReg, TYP_DOUBLE);
973 assert(opReg == reg1);
976 // swap upper and lower 8-bytes of reg1 so that desired 8-byte is in bit position [63:0].
977 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(TYP_DOUBLE), reg0, opReg, TYP_DOUBLE);
979 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufpd, EA_16BYTE, reg1, reg1, 0x01);
983 assert(op1->isUsedFromMemory());
985 // Copy var on stack into ABI return registers
987 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
989 var_types type = retTypeDesc.GetReturnRegType(i);
990 regNumber reg = retTypeDesc.GetABIReturnReg(i);
991 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(type), emitTypeSize(type), reg, lclVar->gtLclNum, offset);
992 offset += genTypeSize(type);
998 assert(op1->IsMultiRegCall() || op1->IsCopyOrReloadOfMultiRegCall());
1000 genConsumeRegs(op1);
1002 GenTree* actualOp1 = op1->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
1003 GenTreeCall* call = actualOp1->AsCall();
1004 ReturnTypeDesc* retTypeDesc = call->GetReturnTypeDesc();
1005 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount();
1006 assert(regCount == MAX_RET_REG_COUNT);
1008 // Handle circular dependency between call allocated regs and ABI return regs.
1010 // It is possible under LSRA stress that originally allocated regs of call node,
1011 // say rax and rdx, are spilled and reloaded to rdx and rax respectively. But
1012 // GT_RETURN needs to move values as follows: rdx->rax, rax->rdx. Similar kind
1013 // kind of circular dependency could arise between xmm0 and xmm1 return regs.
1014 // Codegen is expected to handle such circular dependency.
1016 var_types regType0 = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(0);
1017 regNumber returnReg0 = retTypeDesc->GetABIReturnReg(0);
1018 regNumber allocatedReg0 = call->GetRegNumByIdx(0);
1020 var_types regType1 = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(1);
1021 regNumber returnReg1 = retTypeDesc->GetABIReturnReg(1);
1022 regNumber allocatedReg1 = call->GetRegNumByIdx(1);
1024 if (op1->IsCopyOrReload())
1026 // GT_COPY/GT_RELOAD will have valid reg for those positions
1027 // that need to be copied or reloaded.
1028 regNumber reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(0);
1029 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
1031 allocatedReg0 = reloadReg;
1034 reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(1);
1035 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
1037 allocatedReg1 = reloadReg;
1041 if (allocatedReg0 == returnReg1 && allocatedReg1 == returnReg0)
1043 // Circular dependency - swap allocatedReg0 and allocatedReg1
1044 if (varTypeIsFloating(regType0))
1046 assert(varTypeIsFloating(regType1));
1048 // The fastest way to swap two XMM regs is using PXOR
1049 inst_RV_RV(INS_pxor, allocatedReg0, allocatedReg1, TYP_DOUBLE);
1050 inst_RV_RV(INS_pxor, allocatedReg1, allocatedReg0, TYP_DOUBLE);
1051 inst_RV_RV(INS_pxor, allocatedReg0, allocatedReg1, TYP_DOUBLE);
1055 assert(varTypeIsIntegral(regType0));
1056 assert(varTypeIsIntegral(regType1));
1057 inst_RV_RV(INS_xchg, allocatedReg1, allocatedReg0, TYP_I_IMPL);
1060 else if (allocatedReg1 == returnReg0)
1062 // Change the order of moves to correctly handle dependency.
1063 if (allocatedReg1 != returnReg1)
1065 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(regType1), returnReg1, allocatedReg1, regType1);
1068 if (allocatedReg0 != returnReg0)
1070 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(regType0), returnReg0, allocatedReg0, regType0);
1075 // No circular dependency case.
1076 if (allocatedReg0 != returnReg0)
1078 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(regType0), returnReg0, allocatedReg0, regType0);
1081 if (allocatedReg1 != returnReg1)
1083 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(regType1), returnReg1, allocatedReg1, regType1);
1092 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
1093 // genReturn: Generates code for return statement.
1094 // In case of struct return, delegates to the genStructReturn method.
1097 // treeNode - The GT_RETURN or GT_RETFILT tree node.
1102 void CodeGen::genReturn(GenTreePtr treeNode)
1104 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_RETURN || treeNode->OperGet() == GT_RETFILT);
1105 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1106 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
1109 if (targetType == TYP_VOID)
1111 assert(op1 == nullptr);
1116 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_LONG)
1118 assert(op1 != nullptr);
1119 noway_assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_LONG);
1120 GenTree* loRetVal = op1->gtGetOp1();
1121 GenTree* hiRetVal = op1->gtGetOp2();
1122 noway_assert((loRetVal->gtRegNum != REG_NA) && (hiRetVal->gtRegNum != REG_NA));
1124 genConsumeReg(loRetVal);
1125 genConsumeReg(hiRetVal);
1126 if (loRetVal->gtRegNum != REG_LNGRET_LO)
1128 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), REG_LNGRET_LO, loRetVal->gtRegNum, TYP_INT);
1130 if (hiRetVal->gtRegNum != REG_LNGRET_HI)
1132 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), REG_LNGRET_HI, hiRetVal->gtRegNum, TYP_INT);
1136 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_X86_)
1138 if (isStructReturn(treeNode))
1140 genStructReturn(treeNode);
1142 else if (targetType != TYP_VOID)
1144 assert(op1 != nullptr);
1145 noway_assert(op1->gtRegNum != REG_NA);
1147 // !! NOTE !! genConsumeReg will clear op1 as GC ref after it has
1148 // consumed a reg for the operand. This is because the variable
1149 // is dead after return. But we are issuing more instructions
1150 // like "profiler leave callback" after this consumption. So
1151 // if you are issuing more instructions after this point,
1152 // remember to keep the variable live up until the new method
1153 // exit point where it is actually dead.
1156 regNumber retReg = varTypeIsFloating(treeNode) ? REG_FLOATRET : REG_INTRET;
1158 if (varTypeIsFloating(treeNode))
1160 // Spill the return value register from an XMM register to the stack, then load it on the x87 stack.
1161 // If it already has a home location, use that. Otherwise, we need a temp.
1162 if (genIsRegCandidateLocal(op1) && compiler->lvaTable[op1->gtLclVarCommon.gtLclNum].lvOnFrame)
1164 // Store local variable to its home location, if necessary.
1165 if ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_REG_VAL) != 0)
1167 op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_REG_VAL;
1168 inst_TT_RV(ins_Store(op1->gtType,
1169 compiler->isSIMDTypeLocalAligned(op1->gtLclVarCommon.gtLclNum)),
1170 op1, op1->gtRegNum);
1172 // Now, load it to the fp stack.
1173 getEmitter()->emitIns_S(INS_fld, emitTypeSize(op1), op1->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum, 0);
1177 // Spill the value, which should be in a register, then load it to the fp stack.
1178 // TODO-X86-CQ: Deal with things that are already in memory (don't call genConsumeReg yet).
1179 op1->gtFlags |= GTF_SPILL;
1180 regSet.rsSpillTree(op1->gtRegNum, op1);
1181 op1->gtFlags |= GTF_SPILLED;
1182 op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_SPILL;
1184 TempDsc* t = regSet.rsUnspillInPlace(op1, op1->gtRegNum);
1185 inst_FS_ST(INS_fld, emitActualTypeSize(op1->gtType), t, 0);
1186 op1->gtFlags &= ~GTF_SPILLED;
1187 compiler->tmpRlsTemp(t);
1191 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
1193 if (op1->gtRegNum != retReg)
1195 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), retReg, op1->gtRegNum, targetType);
1201 #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED
1203 // TODO-AMD64-Unix: If the profiler hook is implemented on *nix, make sure for 2 register returned structs
1204 // the RAX and RDX needs to be kept alive. Make the necessary changes in lowerxarch.cpp
1205 // in the handling of the GT_RETURN statement.
1206 // Such structs containing GC pointers need to be handled by calling gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt
1207 // for the return registers containing GC refs.
1209 // There will be a single return block while generating profiler ELT callbacks.
1211 // Reason for not materializing Leave callback as a GT_PROF_HOOK node after GT_RETURN:
1212 // In flowgraph and other places assert that the last node of a block marked as
1213 // BBJ_RETURN is either a GT_RETURN or GT_JMP or a tail call. It would be nice to
1214 // maintain such an invariant irrespective of whether profiler hook needed or not.
1215 // Also, there is not much to be gained by materializing it as an explicit node.
1216 if (compiler->compCurBB == compiler->genReturnBB)
1219 // Since we are invalidating the assumption that we would slip into the epilog
1220 // right after the "return", we need to preserve the return reg's GC state
1221 // across the call until actual method return.
1222 if (varTypeIsGC(compiler->info.compRetType))
1224 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(REG_INTRET, compiler->info.compRetType);
1227 genProfilingLeaveCallback();
1229 if (varTypeIsGC(compiler->info.compRetType))
1231 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(REG_INTRET);
1237 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
1238 // genCodeForJumpTrue: Generates code for jmpTrue statement.
1241 // tree - The GT_JTRUE tree node.
1246 void CodeGen::genCodeForJumpTrue(GenTreePtr tree)
1248 GenTree* cmp = tree->gtOp.gtOp1;
1250 assert(cmp->OperIsCompare());
1251 assert(compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND);
1253 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1254 // Long-typed compares should have been handled by Lowering::LowerCompare.
1255 assert(!varTypeIsLong(cmp->gtGetOp1()));
1258 // Get the "kind" and type of the comparison. Note that whether it is an unsigned cmp
1259 // is governed by a flag NOT by the inherent type of the node
1260 // TODO-XArch-CQ: Check if we can use the currently set flags.
1261 emitJumpKind jumpKind[2];
1262 bool branchToTrueLabel[2];
1263 genJumpKindsForTree(cmp, jumpKind, branchToTrueLabel);
1265 BasicBlock* skipLabel = nullptr;
1266 if (jumpKind[0] != EJ_NONE)
1268 BasicBlock* jmpTarget;
1269 if (branchToTrueLabel[0])
1271 jmpTarget = compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpDest;
1275 // This case arises only for ordered GT_EQ right now
1276 assert((cmp->gtOper == GT_EQ) && ((cmp->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) == 0));
1277 skipLabel = genCreateTempLabel();
1278 jmpTarget = skipLabel;
1281 inst_JMP(jumpKind[0], jmpTarget);
1284 if (jumpKind[1] != EJ_NONE)
1286 // the second conditional branch always has to be to the true label
1287 assert(branchToTrueLabel[1]);
1288 inst_JMP(jumpKind[1], compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpDest);
1291 if (skipLabel != nullptr)
1293 genDefineTempLabel(skipLabel);
1297 /*****************************************************************************
1299 * Generate code for a single node in the tree.
1300 * Preconditions: All operands have been evaluated
1303 void CodeGen::genCodeForTreeNode(GenTreePtr treeNode)
1305 regNumber targetReg;
1306 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1307 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_LONG)
1309 // All long enregistered nodes will have been decomposed into their
1310 // constituent lo and hi nodes.
1314 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1316 targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
1318 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
1319 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
1322 // Validate that all the operands for the current node are consumed in order.
1323 // This is important because LSRA ensures that any necessary copies will be
1324 // handled correctly.
1325 lastConsumedNode = nullptr;
1326 if (compiler->verbose)
1328 unsigned seqNum = treeNode->gtSeqNum; // Useful for setting a conditional break in Visual Studio
1329 compiler->gtDispLIRNode(treeNode, "Generating: ");
1333 // Is this a node whose value is already in a register? LSRA denotes this by
1334 // setting the GTF_REUSE_REG_VAL flag.
1335 if (treeNode->IsReuseRegVal())
1337 // For now, this is only used for constant nodes.
1338 assert((treeNode->OperIsConst()));
1339 JITDUMP(" TreeNode is marked ReuseReg\n");
1343 // contained nodes are part of their parents for codegen purposes
1344 // ex : immediates, most LEAs
1345 if (treeNode->isContained())
1350 switch (treeNode->gtOper)
1352 #ifndef JIT32_GCENCODER
1353 case GT_START_NONGC:
1354 getEmitter()->emitDisableGC();
1356 #endif // !defined(JIT32_GCENCODER)
1359 #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED
1360 // We should be seeing this only if profiler hook is needed
1361 noway_assert(compiler->compIsProfilerHookNeeded());
1363 // Right now this node is used only for tail calls. In future if
1364 // we intend to use it for Enter or Leave hooks, add a data member
1365 // to this node indicating the kind of profiler hook. For example,
1366 // helper number can be used.
1367 genProfilingLeaveCallback(CORINFO_HELP_PROF_FCN_TAILCALL);
1368 #endif // PROFILING_SUPPORTED
1372 genLclHeap(treeNode);
1377 assert(!treeNode->IsIconHandle(GTF_ICON_TLS_HDL));
1378 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
1382 genSetRegToConst(targetReg, targetType, treeNode);
1383 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1388 if (varTypeIsFloating(targetType))
1390 assert(treeNode->gtOper == GT_NEG);
1391 genSSE2BitwiseOp(treeNode);
1395 GenTreePtr operand = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1396 assert(operand->isUsedFromReg());
1397 regNumber operandReg = genConsumeReg(operand);
1399 if (operandReg != targetReg)
1401 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, operandReg, targetType);
1404 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(treeNode->OperGet(), targetType);
1405 inst_RV(ins, targetReg, targetType);
1407 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1413 assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(treeNode));
1416 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1421 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1424 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
1425 genCodeForBinary(treeNode);
1433 genCodeForShift(treeNode);
1434 // genCodeForShift() calls genProduceReg()
1437 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1440 // TODO-X86-CQ: This only handles the case where the operand being shifted is in a register. We don't
1441 // need sourceHi to be always in reg in case of GT_LSH_HI (because it could be moved from memory to
1442 // targetReg if sourceHi is a memory operand). Similarly for GT_RSH_LO, sourceLo could be marked as
1443 // contained memory-op. Even if not a memory-op, we could mark it as reg-optional.
1444 genCodeForShiftLong(treeNode);
1449 if (varTypeIsFloating(targetType) && varTypeIsFloating(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1))
1451 // Casts float/double <--> double/float
1452 genFloatToFloatCast(treeNode);
1454 else if (varTypeIsFloating(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1))
1456 // Casts float/double --> int32/int64
1457 genFloatToIntCast(treeNode);
1459 else if (varTypeIsFloating(targetType))
1461 // Casts int32/uint32/int64/uint64 --> float/double
1462 genIntToFloatCast(treeNode);
1466 // Casts int <--> int
1467 genIntToIntCast(treeNode);
1469 // The per-case functions call genProduceReg()
1474 // lcl_vars are not defs
1475 assert((treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEF) == 0);
1477 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl = treeNode->AsLclVarCommon();
1478 bool isRegCandidate = compiler->lvaTable[lcl->gtLclNum].lvIsRegCandidate();
1480 if (isRegCandidate && !(treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH))
1482 assert(treeNode->InReg() || (treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_SPILLED));
1485 // If this is a register candidate that has been spilled, genConsumeReg() will
1486 // reload it at the point of use. Otherwise, if it's not in a register, we load it here.
1488 if (!treeNode->InReg() && !(treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_SPILLED))
1490 assert(!isRegCandidate);
1491 #if defined(FEATURE_SIMD) && defined(_TARGET_X86_)
1492 // Loading of TYP_SIMD12 (i.e. Vector3) variable
1493 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
1495 genLoadLclTypeSIMD12(treeNode);
1498 #endif // defined(FEATURE_SIMD) && defined(_TARGET_X86_)
1500 emit->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(treeNode->TypeGet(), compiler->isSIMDTypeLocalAligned(lcl->gtLclNum)),
1501 emitTypeSize(treeNode), treeNode->gtRegNum, lcl->gtLclNum, 0);
1502 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1507 case GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR:
1508 case GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR:
1509 // Address of a local var. This by itself should never be allocated a register.
1510 // If it is worth storing the address in a register then it should be cse'ed into
1511 // a temp and that would be allocated a register.
1512 noway_assert(targetType == TYP_BYREF);
1513 noway_assert(!treeNode->InReg());
1515 inst_RV_TT(INS_lea, targetReg, treeNode, 0, EA_BYREF);
1516 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1521 noway_assert(targetType != TYP_STRUCT);
1522 noway_assert(treeNode->gtRegNum != REG_NA);
1525 // Loading of TYP_SIMD12 (i.e. Vector3) field
1526 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
1528 genLoadLclTypeSIMD12(treeNode);
1533 emitAttr size = emitTypeSize(targetType);
1534 unsigned offs = treeNode->gtLclFld.gtLclOffs;
1535 unsigned varNum = treeNode->gtLclVarCommon.gtLclNum;
1536 assert(varNum < compiler->lvaCount);
1538 emit->emitIns_R_S(ins_Move_Extend(targetType, treeNode->InReg()), size, targetReg, varNum, offs);
1540 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1543 case GT_STORE_LCL_FLD:
1545 noway_assert(targetType != TYP_STRUCT);
1546 noway_assert(!treeNode->InReg());
1547 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(targetType) || (targetType == treeNode->gtGetOp1()->TypeGet()));
1550 // storing of TYP_SIMD12 (i.e. Vector3) field
1551 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
1553 genStoreLclTypeSIMD12(treeNode);
1556 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
1558 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1559 genConsumeRegs(op1);
1560 emit->emitInsBinary(ins_Store(targetType), emitTypeSize(treeNode), treeNode, op1);
1562 genUpdateLife(treeNode);
1566 case GT_STORE_LCL_VAR:
1568 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1570 // var = call, where call returns a multi-reg return value
1571 // case is handled separately.
1572 if (op1->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->IsMultiRegCall())
1574 genMultiRegCallStoreToLocal(treeNode);
1578 noway_assert(targetType != TYP_STRUCT);
1579 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(targetType) || (targetType == treeNode->gtGetOp1()->TypeGet()));
1581 unsigned lclNum = treeNode->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
1582 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[lclNum]);
1584 // Ensure that lclVar nodes are typed correctly.
1585 assert(!varDsc->lvNormalizeOnStore() || treeNode->TypeGet() == genActualType(varDsc->TypeGet()));
1587 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1588 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_LONG)
1590 genStoreLongLclVar(treeNode);
1593 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1596 // storing of TYP_SIMD12 (i.e. Vector3) field
1597 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
1599 genStoreLclTypeSIMD12(treeNode);
1603 if (varTypeIsSIMD(targetType) && (targetReg != REG_NA) && op1->IsCnsIntOrI())
1605 // This is only possible for a zero-init.
1606 noway_assert(op1->IsIntegralConst(0));
1607 genSIMDZero(targetType, varDsc->lvBaseType, targetReg);
1608 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1611 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
1613 genConsumeRegs(op1);
1615 if (treeNode->gtRegNum == REG_NA)
1618 emit->emitInsMov(ins_Store(targetType, compiler->isSIMDTypeLocalAligned(lclNum)),
1619 emitTypeSize(targetType), treeNode);
1620 varDsc->lvRegNum = REG_STK;
1624 // Look for the case where we have a constant zero which we've marked for reuse,
1625 // but which isn't actually in the register we want. In that case, it's better to create
1626 // zero in the target register, because an xor is smaller than a copy. Note that we could
1627 // potentially handle this in the register allocator, but we can't always catch it there
1628 // because the target may not have a register allocated for it yet.
1629 if (op1->isUsedFromReg() && (op1->gtRegNum != treeNode->gtRegNum) &&
1630 (op1->IsIntegralConst(0) || op1->IsFPZero()))
1632 op1->gtRegNum = REG_NA;
1633 op1->ResetReuseRegVal();
1636 if (!op1->isUsedFromReg())
1638 // Currently, we assume that the non-reg source of a GT_STORE_LCL_VAR writing to a register
1639 // must be a constant. However, in the future we might want to support an operand used from
1640 // memory. This is a bit tricky because we have to decide it can be used from memory before
1641 // register allocation,
1642 // and this would be a case where, once that's done, we need to mark that node as always
1643 // requiring a register - which we always assume now anyway, but once we "optimize" that
1644 // we'll have to take cases like this into account.
1645 assert((op1->gtRegNum == REG_NA) && op1->OperIsConst());
1646 genSetRegToConst(treeNode->gtRegNum, targetType, op1);
1648 else if (op1->gtRegNum != treeNode->gtRegNum)
1650 assert(op1->gtRegNum != REG_NA);
1651 emit->emitInsBinary(ins_Move_Extend(targetType, true), emitTypeSize(treeNode), treeNode, op1);
1656 if (treeNode->gtRegNum != REG_NA)
1658 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1664 // A void GT_RETFILT is the end of a finally. For non-void filter returns we need to load the result in
1665 // the return register, if it's not already there. The processing is the same as GT_RETURN.
1666 if (targetType != TYP_VOID)
1668 // For filters, the IL spec says the result is type int32. Further, the only specified legal values
1669 // are 0 or 1, with the use of other values "undefined".
1670 assert(targetType == TYP_INT);
1676 genReturn(treeNode);
1681 // if we are here, it is the case where there is an LEA that cannot
1682 // be folded into a parent instruction
1683 GenTreeAddrMode* lea = treeNode->AsAddrMode();
1684 genLeaInstruction(lea);
1686 // genLeaInstruction calls genProduceReg()
1692 // Handling of Vector3 type values loaded through indirection.
1693 if (treeNode->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
1695 genLoadIndTypeSIMD12(treeNode);
1698 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
1700 GenTree* addr = treeNode->AsIndir()->Addr();
1701 if (addr->IsCnsIntOrI() && addr->IsIconHandle(GTF_ICON_TLS_HDL))
1703 noway_assert(EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(treeNode->gtType)) == EA_PTRSIZE);
1704 emit->emitIns_R_C(ins_Load(TYP_I_IMPL), EA_PTRSIZE, treeNode->gtRegNum, FLD_GLOBAL_FS,
1705 (int)addr->gtIntCon.gtIconVal);
1709 genConsumeAddress(addr);
1710 emit->emitInsMov(ins_Load(treeNode->TypeGet()), emitTypeSize(treeNode), treeNode);
1712 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1720 genCodeForMulHi(treeNode->AsOp());
1721 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1727 emitAttr size = emitTypeSize(treeNode);
1728 bool isUnsignedMultiply = ((treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0);
1729 bool requiresOverflowCheck = treeNode->gtOverflowEx();
1731 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1732 GenTree* op2 = treeNode->gtGetOp2();
1734 // there are 3 forms of x64 multiply:
1735 // 1-op form with 128 result: RDX:RAX = RAX * rm
1736 // 2-op form: reg *= rm
1737 // 3-op form: reg = rm * imm
1739 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
1741 // This matches the 'mul' lowering in Lowering::SetMulOpCounts()
1743 // immOp :: Only one operand can be an immediate
1744 // rmOp :: Only one operand can be a memory op.
1745 // regOp :: A register op (especially the operand that matches 'targetReg')
1746 // (can be nullptr when we have both a memory op and an immediate op)
1748 GenTree* immOp = nullptr;
1749 GenTree* rmOp = op1;
1752 if (op2->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
1756 else if (op1->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
1762 if (immOp != nullptr)
1764 // This must be a non-floating point operation.
1765 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(treeNode));
1767 // CQ: When possible use LEA for mul by imm 3, 5 or 9
1768 ssize_t imm = immOp->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
1770 if (!requiresOverflowCheck && rmOp->isUsedFromReg() && ((imm == 3) || (imm == 5) || (imm == 9)))
1772 // We will use the LEA instruction to perform this multiply
1773 // Note that an LEA with base=x, index=x and scale=(imm-1) computes x*imm when imm=3,5 or 9.
1774 unsigned int scale = (unsigned int)(imm - 1);
1775 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_ARX(INS_lea, size, targetReg, rmOp->gtRegNum, rmOp->gtRegNum, scale, 0);
1779 // use the 3-op form with immediate
1780 ins = getEmitter()->inst3opImulForReg(targetReg);
1781 emit->emitInsBinary(ins, size, rmOp, immOp);
1784 else // we have no contained immediate operand
1789 regNumber mulTargetReg = targetReg;
1790 if (isUnsignedMultiply && requiresOverflowCheck)
1793 mulTargetReg = REG_RAX;
1797 ins = genGetInsForOper(GT_MUL, targetType);
1800 // Set rmOp to the memory operand (if any)
1801 // or set regOp to the op2 when it has the matching target register for our multiply op
1803 if (op1->isUsedFromMemory() || (op2->isUsedFromReg() && (op2->gtRegNum == mulTargetReg)))
1808 assert(regOp->isUsedFromReg());
1810 // Setup targetReg when neither of the source operands was a matching register
1811 if (regOp->gtRegNum != mulTargetReg)
1813 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), mulTargetReg, regOp->gtRegNum, targetType);
1816 emit->emitInsBinary(ins, size, treeNode, rmOp);
1818 // Move the result to the desired register, if necessary
1819 if ((ins == INS_mulEAX) && (targetReg != REG_RAX))
1821 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, REG_RAX, targetType);
1825 if (requiresOverflowCheck)
1827 // Overflow checking is only used for non-floating point types
1828 noway_assert(!varTypeIsFloating(treeNode));
1830 genCheckOverflow(treeNode);
1833 genProduceReg(treeNode);
1839 // We shouldn't be seeing GT_MOD on float/double args as it should get morphed into a
1840 // helper call by front-end. Similarly we shouldn't be seeing GT_UDIV and GT_UMOD
1841 // on float/double args.
1842 noway_assert(!varTypeIsFloating(treeNode));
1846 genCodeForDivMod(treeNode->AsOp());
1850 genIntrinsic(treeNode);
1855 genSIMDIntrinsic(treeNode->AsSIMD());
1857 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
1860 genCkfinite(treeNode);
1872 // TODO-XArch-CQ: Check if we can use the currently set flags.
1873 // TODO-XArch-CQ: Check for the case where we can simply transfer the carry bit to a register
1874 // (signed < or >= where targetReg != REG_NA)
1876 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
1877 var_types op1Type = op1->TypeGet();
1879 if (varTypeIsFloating(op1Type))
1881 genCompareFloat(treeNode);
1883 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1884 // X86 Long comparison
1885 else if (varTypeIsLong(op1Type))
1888 // The result of an unlowered long compare on a 32-bit target must either be
1889 // a) materialized into a register, or
1892 // A long compare that has a result that is used but not materialized into a register should
1893 // have been handled by Lowering::LowerCompare.
1896 assert((treeNode->gtRegNum != REG_NA) || !LIR::AsRange(compiler->compCurBB).TryGetUse(treeNode, &use));
1898 genCompareLong(treeNode);
1900 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
1903 genCompareInt(treeNode);
1909 genCodeForJumpTrue(treeNode);
1914 GenTreeJumpCC* jcc = treeNode->AsJumpCC();
1916 assert(compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND);
1918 CompareKind compareKind = ((jcc->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0) ? CK_UNSIGNED : CK_SIGNED;
1919 emitJumpKind jumpKind = genJumpKindForOper(jcc->gtCondition, compareKind);
1921 inst_JMP(jumpKind, compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpDest);
1927 // this is nothing but a conditional call to CORINFO_HELP_STOP_FOR_GC
1928 // based on the contents of 'data'
1930 GenTree* data = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
1931 genConsumeRegs(data);
1932 GenTreeIntCon cns = intForm(TYP_INT, 0);
1933 emit->emitInsBinary(INS_cmp, emitTypeSize(TYP_INT), data, &cns);
1935 BasicBlock* skipLabel = genCreateTempLabel();
1937 emitJumpKind jmpEqual = genJumpKindForOper(GT_EQ, CK_SIGNED);
1938 inst_JMP(jmpEqual, skipLabel);
1940 // emit the call to the EE-helper that stops for GC (or other reasons)
1941 regNumber tmpReg = treeNode->GetSingleTempReg();
1942 assert(genIsValidIntReg(tmpReg));
1944 genEmitHelperCall(CORINFO_HELP_STOP_FOR_GC, 0, EA_UNKNOWN, tmpReg);
1945 genDefineTempLabel(skipLabel);
1950 genStoreInd(treeNode);
1954 // This is handled at the time we call genConsumeReg() on the GT_COPY
1959 // Swap is only supported for lclVar operands that are enregistered
1960 // We do not consume or produce any registers. Both operands remain enregistered.
1961 // However, the gc-ness may change.
1962 assert(genIsRegCandidateLocal(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1) && genIsRegCandidateLocal(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp2));
1964 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1->AsLclVarCommon();
1965 LclVarDsc* varDsc1 = &(compiler->lvaTable[lcl1->gtLclNum]);
1966 var_types type1 = varDsc1->TypeGet();
1967 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl2 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp2->AsLclVarCommon();
1968 LclVarDsc* varDsc2 = &(compiler->lvaTable[lcl2->gtLclNum]);
1969 var_types type2 = varDsc2->TypeGet();
1971 // We must have both int or both fp regs
1972 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(type1) || varTypeIsFloating(type2));
1974 // FP swap is not yet implemented (and should have NYI'd in LSRA)
1975 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(type1));
1977 regNumber oldOp1Reg = lcl1->gtRegNum;
1978 regMaskTP oldOp1RegMask = genRegMask(oldOp1Reg);
1979 regNumber oldOp2Reg = lcl2->gtRegNum;
1980 regMaskTP oldOp2RegMask = genRegMask(oldOp2Reg);
1982 // We don't call genUpdateVarReg because we don't have a tree node with the new register.
1983 varDsc1->lvRegNum = oldOp2Reg;
1984 varDsc2->lvRegNum = oldOp1Reg;
1987 emitAttr size = EA_PTRSIZE;
1988 if (varTypeGCtype(type1) != varTypeGCtype(type2))
1990 // If the type specified to the emitter is a GC type, it will swap the GC-ness of the registers.
1991 // Otherwise it will leave them alone, which is correct if they have the same GC-ness.
1994 inst_RV_RV(INS_xchg, oldOp1Reg, oldOp2Reg, TYP_I_IMPL, size);
1996 // Update the gcInfo.
1997 // Manually remove these regs for the gc sets (mostly to avoid confusing duplicative dump output)
1998 gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur &= ~(oldOp1RegMask | oldOp2RegMask);
1999 gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur &= ~(oldOp1RegMask | oldOp2RegMask);
2001 // gcMarkRegPtrVal will do the appropriate thing for non-gc types.
2002 // It will also dump the updates.
2003 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(oldOp2Reg, type1);
2004 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(oldOp1Reg, type2);
2015 genPutArgStk(treeNode->AsPutArgStk());
2020 #ifndef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
2021 noway_assert(targetType != TYP_STRUCT);
2022 #endif // FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
2023 // commas show up here commonly, as part of a nullchk operation
2024 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
2025 // If child node is not already in the register we need, move it
2027 if (treeNode->gtRegNum != op1->gtRegNum)
2029 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), treeNode->gtRegNum, op1->gtRegNum, targetType);
2031 genProduceReg(treeNode);
2036 genCallInstruction(treeNode->AsCall());
2040 genJmpMethod(treeNode);
2046 genLockedInstructions(treeNode->AsOp());
2049 case GT_MEMORYBARRIER:
2050 instGen_MemoryBarrier();
2055 GenTreePtr location = treeNode->gtCmpXchg.gtOpLocation; // arg1
2056 GenTreePtr value = treeNode->gtCmpXchg.gtOpValue; // arg2
2057 GenTreePtr comparand = treeNode->gtCmpXchg.gtOpComparand; // arg3
2059 assert(location->gtRegNum != REG_NA && location->gtRegNum != REG_RAX);
2060 assert(value->gtRegNum != REG_NA && value->gtRegNum != REG_RAX);
2062 genConsumeReg(location);
2063 genConsumeReg(value);
2064 genConsumeReg(comparand);
2065 // comparand goes to RAX;
2066 // Note that we must issue this move after the genConsumeRegs(), in case any of the above
2067 // have a GT_COPY from RAX.
2068 if (comparand->gtRegNum != REG_RAX)
2070 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(comparand->TypeGet()), REG_RAX, comparand->gtRegNum, comparand->TypeGet());
2076 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_cmpxchg, emitTypeSize(targetType), value->gtRegNum, location->gtRegNum, 0);
2079 if (targetReg != REG_RAX)
2081 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, REG_RAX, targetType);
2084 genProduceReg(treeNode);
2088 // do nothing - reload is just a marker.
2089 // The parent node will call genConsumeReg on this which will trigger the unspill of this node's child
2090 // into the register specified in this node.
2097 getEmitter()->emitIns_Nop(1);
2100 case GT_ARR_BOUNDS_CHECK:
2103 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
2104 genRangeCheck(treeNode);
2108 if (treeNode->gtRegNum != treeNode->AsPhysReg()->gtSrcReg)
2110 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, treeNode->gtRegNum, treeNode->AsPhysReg()->gtSrcReg, targetType);
2112 genTransferRegGCState(treeNode->gtRegNum, treeNode->AsPhysReg()->gtSrcReg);
2114 genProduceReg(treeNode);
2122 assert(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1->isUsedFromReg());
2123 regNumber reg = genConsumeReg(treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1);
2124 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_cmp, EA_4BYTE, reg, reg, 0);
2130 noway_assert(handlerGetsXcptnObj(compiler->compCurBB->bbCatchTyp));
2132 /* Catch arguments get passed in a register. genCodeForBBlist()
2133 would have marked it as holding a GC object, but not used. */
2135 noway_assert(gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur & RBM_EXCEPTION_OBJECT);
2136 genConsumeReg(treeNode);
2139 #if !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
2142 // Have to clear the ShadowSP of the nesting level which encloses the finally. Generates:
2143 // mov dword ptr [ebp-0xC], 0 // for some slot of the ShadowSP local var
2145 unsigned finallyNesting;
2146 finallyNesting = treeNode->gtVal.gtVal1;
2147 noway_assert(treeNode->gtVal.gtVal1 < compiler->compHndBBtabCount);
2148 noway_assert(finallyNesting < compiler->compHndBBtabCount);
2150 // The last slot is reserved for ICodeManager::FixContext(ppEndRegion)
2151 unsigned filterEndOffsetSlotOffs;
2152 PREFIX_ASSUME(compiler->lvaLclSize(compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar) >
2153 TARGET_POINTER_SIZE); // below doesn't underflow.
2154 filterEndOffsetSlotOffs =
2155 (unsigned)(compiler->lvaLclSize(compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar) - TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
2157 unsigned curNestingSlotOffs;
2158 curNestingSlotOffs = filterEndOffsetSlotOffs - ((finallyNesting + 1) * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
2159 instGen_Store_Imm_Into_Lcl(TYP_I_IMPL, EA_PTRSIZE, 0, compiler->lvaShadowSPslotsVar, curNestingSlotOffs);
2161 #endif // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
2163 case GT_PINVOKE_PROLOG:
2164 noway_assert(((gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur | gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur) & ~fullIntArgRegMask()) == 0);
2166 // the runtime side requires the codegen here to be consistent
2167 emit->emitDisableRandomNops();
2171 genPendingCallLabel = genCreateTempLabel();
2172 treeNode->gtLabel.gtLabBB = genPendingCallLabel;
2173 emit->emitIns_R_L(INS_lea, EA_PTR_DSP_RELOC, genPendingCallLabel, treeNode->gtRegNum);
2177 if (treeNode->OperIsCopyBlkOp() && !treeNode->AsBlk()->gtBlkOpGcUnsafe)
2179 assert(treeNode->AsObj()->gtGcPtrCount != 0);
2180 genCodeForCpObj(treeNode->AsObj());
2185 case GT_STORE_DYN_BLK:
2187 genCodeForStoreBlk(treeNode->AsBlk());
2191 genJumpTable(treeNode);
2194 case GT_SWITCH_TABLE:
2195 genTableBasedSwitch(treeNode);
2199 genCodeForArrIndex(treeNode->AsArrIndex());
2203 genCodeForArrOffset(treeNode->AsArrOffs());
2206 case GT_CLS_VAR_ADDR:
2207 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_C(INS_lea, EA_PTRSIZE, targetReg, treeNode->gtClsVar.gtClsVarHnd, 0);
2208 genProduceReg(treeNode);
2211 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
2213 assert(treeNode->isUsedFromReg());
2214 genConsumeRegs(treeNode);
2219 // Do nothing; these nodes are simply markers for debug info.
2226 _snprintf_s(message, _countof(message), _TRUNCATE, "Unimplemented node type %s\n",
2227 GenTree::NodeName(treeNode->OperGet()));
2229 assert(!"Unknown node in codegen");
2235 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2236 // genMultiRegCallStoreToLocal: store multi-reg return value of a call node to a local
2239 // treeNode - Gentree of GT_STORE_LCL_VAR
2245 // The child of store is a multi-reg call node.
2246 // genProduceReg() on treeNode is made by caller of this routine.
2248 void CodeGen::genMultiRegCallStoreToLocal(GenTreePtr treeNode)
2250 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_STORE_LCL_VAR);
2252 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
2253 // Structs of size >=9 and <=16 are returned in two return registers on x64 Unix.
2254 assert(varTypeIsStruct(treeNode));
2256 // Assumption: current x64 Unix implementation requires that a multi-reg struct
2257 // var in 'var = call' is flagged as lvIsMultiRegRet to prevent it from
2258 // being struct promoted.
2259 unsigned lclNum = treeNode->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
2260 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[lclNum]);
2261 noway_assert(varDsc->lvIsMultiRegRet);
2263 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
2264 GenTree* actualOp1 = op1->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
2265 GenTreeCall* call = actualOp1->AsCall();
2266 assert(call->HasMultiRegRetVal());
2268 genConsumeRegs(op1);
2270 ReturnTypeDesc* retTypeDesc = call->GetReturnTypeDesc();
2271 assert(retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount() == MAX_RET_REG_COUNT);
2272 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount();
2274 if (treeNode->gtRegNum != REG_NA)
2276 // Right now the only enregistrable structs supported are SIMD types.
2277 assert(varTypeIsSIMD(treeNode));
2278 assert(varTypeIsFloating(retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(0)));
2279 assert(varTypeIsFloating(retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(1)));
2281 // This is a case of two 8-bytes that comprise the operand is in
2282 // two different xmm registers and needs to assembled into a single
2284 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
2285 regNumber reg0 = call->GetRegNumByIdx(0);
2286 regNumber reg1 = call->GetRegNumByIdx(1);
2288 if (op1->IsCopyOrReload())
2290 // GT_COPY/GT_RELOAD will have valid reg for those positions
2291 // that need to be copied or reloaded.
2292 regNumber reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(0);
2293 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
2298 reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(1);
2299 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
2305 if (targetReg != reg0 && targetReg != reg1)
2307 // Copy reg0 into targetReg and let it to be handled by one
2308 // of the cases below.
2309 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(TYP_DOUBLE), targetReg, reg0, TYP_DOUBLE);
2313 if (targetReg == reg0)
2315 // targeReg[63:0] = targetReg[63:0]
2316 // targetReg[127:64] = reg1[127:64]
2317 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufpd, EA_16BYTE, targetReg, reg1, 0x00);
2321 assert(targetReg == reg1);
2323 // We need two shuffles to achieve this
2325 // targeReg[63:0] = targetReg[63:0]
2326 // targetReg[127:64] = reg0[63:0]
2329 // targeReg[63:0] = targetReg[127:64]
2330 // targetReg[127:64] = targetReg[63:0]
2332 // Essentially copy low 8-bytes from reg0 to high 8-bytes of targetReg
2333 // and next swap low and high 8-bytes of targetReg to have them
2334 // rearranged in the right order.
2335 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufpd, EA_16BYTE, targetReg, reg0, 0x00);
2336 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufpd, EA_16BYTE, targetReg, targetReg, 0x01);
2343 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
2345 var_types type = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(i);
2346 regNumber reg = call->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
2347 if (op1->IsCopyOrReload())
2349 // GT_COPY/GT_RELOAD will have valid reg for those positions
2350 // that need to be copied or reloaded.
2351 regNumber reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
2352 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
2358 assert(reg != REG_NA);
2359 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(type), emitTypeSize(type), reg, lclNum, offset);
2360 offset += genTypeSize(type);
2363 varDsc->lvRegNum = REG_STK;
2365 #elif defined(_TARGET_X86_)
2366 // Longs are returned in two return registers on x86.
2367 assert(varTypeIsLong(treeNode));
2369 // Assumption: current x86 implementation requires that a multi-reg long
2370 // var in 'var = call' is flagged as lvIsMultiRegRet to prevent it from
2372 unsigned lclNum = treeNode->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
2373 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[lclNum]);
2374 noway_assert(varDsc->lvIsMultiRegRet);
2376 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtGetOp1();
2377 GenTree* actualOp1 = op1->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
2378 GenTreeCall* call = actualOp1->AsCall();
2379 assert(call->HasMultiRegRetVal());
2381 genConsumeRegs(op1);
2383 ReturnTypeDesc* retTypeDesc = call->GetReturnTypeDesc();
2384 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount();
2385 assert(regCount == MAX_RET_REG_COUNT);
2389 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
2391 var_types type = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(i);
2392 regNumber reg = call->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
2393 if (op1->IsCopyOrReload())
2395 // GT_COPY/GT_RELOAD will have valid reg for those positions
2396 // that need to be copied or reloaded.
2397 regNumber reloadReg = op1->AsCopyOrReload()->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
2398 if (reloadReg != REG_NA)
2404 assert(reg != REG_NA);
2405 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(type), emitTypeSize(type), reg, lclNum, offset);
2406 offset += genTypeSize(type);
2409 varDsc->lvRegNum = REG_STK;
2410 #else // !FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING && !_TARGET_X86_
2411 assert(!"Unreached");
2412 #endif // !FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING && !_TARGET_X86_
2415 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
2416 // genLclHeap: Generate code for localloc.
2419 // tree - the localloc tree to generate.
2422 // Note that for x86, we don't track ESP movements while generating the localloc code.
2423 // The ESP tracking is used to report stack pointer-relative GC info, which is not
2424 // interesting while doing the localloc construction. Also, for functions with localloc,
2425 // we have EBP frames, and EBP-relative locals, and ESP-relative accesses only for function
2426 // call arguments. We store the ESP after the localloc is complete in the LocAllocSP
2427 // variable. This variable is implicitly reported to the VM in the GC info (its position
2428 // is defined by convention relative to other items), and is used by the GC to find the
2429 // "base" stack pointer in functions with localloc.
2431 void CodeGen::genLclHeap(GenTreePtr tree)
2433 assert(tree->OperGet() == GT_LCLHEAP);
2434 assert(compiler->compLocallocUsed);
2436 GenTreePtr size = tree->gtOp.gtOp1;
2437 noway_assert((genActualType(size->gtType) == TYP_INT) || (genActualType(size->gtType) == TYP_I_IMPL));
2439 regNumber targetReg = tree->gtRegNum;
2440 regNumber regCnt = REG_NA;
2441 var_types type = genActualType(size->gtType);
2442 emitAttr easz = emitTypeSize(type);
2443 BasicBlock* endLabel = nullptr;
2447 if (compiler->opts.compStackCheckOnRet)
2449 noway_assert(compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck != 0xCCCCCCCC &&
2450 compiler->lvaTable[compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck].lvDoNotEnregister &&
2451 compiler->lvaTable[compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck].lvOnFrame);
2452 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(INS_cmp, EA_PTRSIZE, REG_SPBASE, compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck, 0);
2454 BasicBlock* esp_check = genCreateTempLabel();
2455 emitJumpKind jmpEqual = genJumpKindForOper(GT_EQ, CK_SIGNED);
2456 inst_JMP(jmpEqual, esp_check);
2457 getEmitter()->emitIns(INS_BREAKPOINT);
2458 genDefineTempLabel(esp_check);
2462 noway_assert(isFramePointerUsed()); // localloc requires Frame Pointer to be established since SP changes
2463 noway_assert(genStackLevel == 0); // Can't have anything on the stack
2465 unsigned stackAdjustment = 0;
2466 BasicBlock* loop = nullptr;
2468 // compute the amount of memory to allocate to properly STACK_ALIGN.
2470 if (size->IsCnsIntOrI())
2472 // If size is a constant, then it must be contained.
2473 assert(size->isContained());
2475 // If amount is zero then return null in targetReg
2476 amount = size->gtIntCon.gtIconVal;
2479 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(EA_PTRSIZE, targetReg);
2483 // 'amount' is the total number of bytes to localloc to properly STACK_ALIGN
2484 amount = AlignUp(amount, STACK_ALIGN);
2488 // The localloc requested memory size is non-constant.
2490 // Put the size value in targetReg. If it is zero, bail out by returning null in targetReg.
2491 genConsumeRegAndCopy(size, targetReg);
2492 endLabel = genCreateTempLabel();
2493 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R(INS_test, easz, targetReg, targetReg);
2494 inst_JMP(EJ_je, endLabel);
2496 // Compute the size of the block to allocate and perform alignment.
2497 // If compInitMem=true, we can reuse targetReg as regcnt,
2498 // since we don't need any internal registers.
2499 if (compiler->info.compInitMem)
2501 assert(tree->AvailableTempRegCount() == 0);
2506 regCnt = tree->ExtractTempReg();
2507 if (regCnt != targetReg)
2509 // Above, we put the size in targetReg. Now, copy it to our new temp register if necessary.
2510 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, regCnt, targetReg, size->TypeGet());
2514 // Round up the number of bytes to allocate to a STACK_ALIGN boundary. This is done
2518 // However, in the initialized memory case, we need the count of STACK_ALIGN-sized
2519 // elements, not a byte count, after the alignment. So instead of the "and", which
2520 // becomes unnecessary, generate a shift, e.g.:
2524 inst_RV_IV(INS_add, regCnt, STACK_ALIGN - 1, emitActualTypeSize(type));
2526 if (compiler->info.compInitMem)
2528 // Convert the count from a count of bytes to a loop count. We will loop once per
2529 // stack alignment size, so each loop will zero 4 bytes on x86 and 16 bytes on x64.
2530 // Note that we zero a single reg-size word per iteration on x86, and 2 reg-size
2531 // words per iteration on x64. We will shift off all the stack alignment bits
2532 // added above, so there is no need for an 'and' instruction.
2534 // --- shr regCnt, 2 (or 4) ---
2535 inst_RV_SH(INS_SHIFT_RIGHT_LOGICAL, EA_PTRSIZE, regCnt, STACK_ALIGN_SHIFT_ALL);
2539 // Otherwise, mask off the low bits to align the byte count.
2540 inst_RV_IV(INS_AND, regCnt, ~(STACK_ALIGN - 1), emitActualTypeSize(type));
2544 #if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
2545 // If we have an outgoing arg area then we must adjust the SP by popping off the
2546 // outgoing arg area. We will restore it right before we return from this method.
2548 // Localloc returns stack space that aligned to STACK_ALIGN bytes. The following
2549 // are the cases that need to be handled:
2550 // i) Method has out-going arg area.
2551 // It is guaranteed that size of out-going arg area is STACK_ALIGN'ed (see fgMorphArgs).
2552 // Therefore, we will pop off the out-going arg area from RSP before allocating the localloc space.
2553 // ii) Method has no out-going arg area.
2554 // Nothing to pop off from the stack.
2555 if (compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceSize > 0)
2557 assert((compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceSize % STACK_ALIGN) == 0); // This must be true for the stack to remain
2559 inst_RV_IV(INS_add, REG_SPBASE, compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceSize, EA_PTRSIZE);
2560 stackAdjustment += compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceSize;
2564 if (size->IsCnsIntOrI())
2566 // We should reach here only for non-zero, constant size allocations.
2568 assert((amount % STACK_ALIGN) == 0);
2569 assert((amount % REGSIZE_BYTES) == 0);
2571 // For small allocations we will generate up to six push 0 inline
2572 size_t cntRegSizedWords = amount / REGSIZE_BYTES;
2573 if (cntRegSizedWords <= 6)
2575 for (; cntRegSizedWords != 0; cntRegSizedWords--)
2577 inst_IV(INS_push_hide, 0); // push_hide means don't track the stack
2582 bool doNoInitLessThanOnePageAlloc =
2583 !compiler->info.compInitMem && (amount < compiler->eeGetPageSize()); // must be < not <=
2586 bool needRegCntRegister = true;
2587 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
2588 bool needRegCntRegister = !doNoInitLessThanOnePageAlloc;
2589 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
2591 if (needRegCntRegister)
2593 // If compInitMem=true, we can reuse targetReg as regcnt.
2594 // Since size is a constant, regCnt is not yet initialized.
2595 assert(regCnt == REG_NA);
2596 if (compiler->info.compInitMem)
2598 assert(tree->AvailableTempRegCount() == 0);
2603 regCnt = tree->ExtractTempReg();
2607 if (doNoInitLessThanOnePageAlloc)
2609 // Since the size is less than a page, simply adjust ESP.
2610 // ESP might already be in the guard page, so we must touch it BEFORE
2611 // the alloc, not after.
2612 CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;
2615 // For x86, we don't want to use "sub ESP" because we don't want the emitter to track the adjustment
2616 // to ESP. So do the work in the count register.
2617 // TODO-CQ: manipulate ESP directly, to share code, reduce #ifdefs, and improve CQ. This would require
2618 // creating a way to temporarily turn off the emitter's tracking of ESP, maybe marking instrDescs as "don't
2620 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, regCnt, REG_SPBASE, TYP_I_IMPL);
2621 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(INS_TEST, EA_4BYTE, REG_SPBASE, REG_SPBASE, 0);
2622 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, regCnt, amount, EA_PTRSIZE);
2623 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_SPBASE, regCnt, TYP_I_IMPL);
2624 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
2625 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(INS_TEST, EA_4BYTE, REG_SPBASE, REG_SPBASE, 0);
2626 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, amount, EA_PTRSIZE);
2627 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
2632 // else, "mov regCnt, amount"
2634 if (compiler->info.compInitMem)
2636 // When initializing memory, we want 'amount' to be the loop count.
2637 assert((amount % STACK_ALIGN) == 0);
2638 amount /= STACK_ALIGN;
2641 genSetRegToIcon(regCnt, amount, ((int)amount == amount) ? TYP_INT : TYP_LONG);
2644 loop = genCreateTempLabel();
2645 if (compiler->info.compInitMem)
2647 // At this point 'regCnt' is set to the number of loop iterations for this loop, if each
2648 // iteration zeros (and subtracts from the stack pointer) STACK_ALIGN bytes.
2649 // Since we have to zero out the allocated memory AND ensure that RSP is always valid
2650 // by tickling the pages, we will just push 0's on the stack.
2652 assert(genIsValidIntReg(regCnt));
2655 genDefineTempLabel(loop);
2657 static_assert_no_msg((STACK_ALIGN % REGSIZE_BYTES) == 0);
2658 unsigned const count = (STACK_ALIGN / REGSIZE_BYTES);
2660 for (unsigned i = 0; i < count; i++)
2662 inst_IV(INS_push_hide, 0); // --- push REG_SIZE bytes of 0
2664 // Note that the stack must always be aligned to STACK_ALIGN bytes
2666 // Decrement the loop counter and loop if not done.
2667 inst_RV(INS_dec, regCnt, TYP_I_IMPL);
2668 inst_JMP(EJ_jne, loop);
2672 // At this point 'regCnt' is set to the total number of bytes to localloc.
2674 // We don't need to zero out the allocated memory. However, we do have
2675 // to tickle the pages to ensure that ESP is always valid and is
2676 // in sync with the "stack guard page". Note that in the worst
2677 // case ESP is on the last byte of the guard page. Thus you must
2678 // touch ESP+0 first not ESP+x01000.
2680 // Another subtlety is that you don't want ESP to be exactly on the
2681 // boundary of the guard page because PUSH is predecrement, thus
2682 // call setup would not touch the guard page but just beyond it
2684 // Note that we go through a few hoops so that ESP never points to
2685 // illegal pages at any time during the tickling process
2688 // add REGCNT, ESP // reg now holds ultimate ESP
2689 // jb loop // result is smaller than orignial ESP (no wrap around)
2690 // xor REGCNT, REGCNT, // Overflow, pick lowest possible number
2692 // test ESP, [ESP+0] // tickle the page
2694 // sub REGTMP, PAGE_SIZE
2701 inst_RV(INS_NEG, regCnt, TYP_I_IMPL);
2702 inst_RV_RV(INS_add, regCnt, REG_SPBASE, TYP_I_IMPL);
2703 inst_JMP(EJ_jb, loop);
2705 instGen_Set_Reg_To_Zero(EA_PTRSIZE, regCnt);
2707 genDefineTempLabel(loop);
2709 // Tickle the decremented value, and move back to ESP,
2710 // note that it has to be done BEFORE the update of ESP since
2711 // ESP might already be on the guard page. It is OK to leave
2712 // the final value of ESP on the guard page
2713 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(INS_TEST, EA_4BYTE, REG_SPBASE, REG_SPBASE, 0);
2715 // This is a harmless trick to avoid the emitter trying to track the
2716 // decrement of the ESP - we do the subtraction in another reg instead
2717 // of adjusting ESP directly.
2718 regNumber regTmp = tree->GetSingleTempReg();
2720 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, regTmp, REG_SPBASE, TYP_I_IMPL);
2721 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, regTmp, compiler->eeGetPageSize(), EA_PTRSIZE);
2722 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_SPBASE, regTmp, TYP_I_IMPL);
2724 inst_RV_RV(INS_cmp, REG_SPBASE, regCnt, TYP_I_IMPL);
2725 inst_JMP(EJ_jae, loop);
2727 // Move the final value to ESP
2728 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, REG_SPBASE, regCnt);
2732 // Re-adjust SP to allocate out-going arg area
2733 if (stackAdjustment > 0)
2735 assert((stackAdjustment % STACK_ALIGN) == 0); // This must be true for the stack to remain aligned
2736 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, stackAdjustment, EA_PTRSIZE);
2739 // Return the stackalloc'ed address in result register.
2740 // TargetReg = RSP + stackAdjustment.
2741 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(INS_lea, EA_PTRSIZE, targetReg, REG_SPBASE, stackAdjustment);
2743 if (endLabel != nullptr)
2745 genDefineTempLabel(endLabel);
2750 // Write the lvaLocAllocSPvar stack frame slot
2751 if (compiler->lvaLocAllocSPvar != BAD_VAR_NUM)
2753 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_I_IMPL), EA_PTRSIZE, REG_SPBASE, compiler->lvaLocAllocSPvar, 0);
2757 if (compiler->opts.compNeedStackProbes)
2759 genGenerateStackProbe();
2765 if (compiler->opts.compStackCheckOnRet)
2767 noway_assert(compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck != 0xCCCCCCCC &&
2768 compiler->lvaTable[compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck].lvDoNotEnregister &&
2769 compiler->lvaTable[compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck].lvOnFrame);
2770 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_I_IMPL), EA_PTRSIZE, REG_SPBASE, compiler->lvaReturnEspCheck, 0);
2774 genProduceReg(tree);
2777 void CodeGen::genCodeForStoreBlk(GenTreeBlk* storeBlkNode)
2779 #ifdef JIT32_GCENCODER
2780 assert(!storeBlkNode->gtBlkOpGcUnsafe);
2782 if (storeBlkNode->gtBlkOpGcUnsafe)
2784 getEmitter()->emitDisableGC();
2786 #endif // JIT32_GCENCODER
2788 bool isCopyBlk = storeBlkNode->OperIsCopyBlkOp();
2790 switch (storeBlkNode->gtBlkOpKind)
2792 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
2793 case GenTreeBlk::BlkOpKindHelper:
2796 genCodeForCpBlk(storeBlkNode);
2800 genCodeForInitBlk(storeBlkNode);
2803 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
2804 case GenTreeBlk::BlkOpKindRepInstr:
2807 genCodeForCpBlkRepMovs(storeBlkNode);
2811 genCodeForInitBlkRepStos(storeBlkNode);
2814 case GenTreeBlk::BlkOpKindUnroll:
2817 genCodeForCpBlkUnroll(storeBlkNode);
2821 genCodeForInitBlkUnroll(storeBlkNode);
2828 #ifndef JIT32_GCENCODER
2829 if (storeBlkNode->gtBlkOpGcUnsafe)
2831 getEmitter()->emitEnableGC();
2833 #endif // !defined(JIT32_GCENCODER)
2837 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
2838 // genCodeForInitBlkRepStos: Generate code for InitBlk using rep stos.
2841 // initBlkNode - The Block store for which we are generating code.
2845 // The size of the buffers must be a constant and also less than INITBLK_STOS_LIMIT bytes.
2846 // Any value larger than that, we'll use the helper even if both the fill byte and the
2847 // size are integer constants.
2849 // The size must either be a non-constant or less than INITBLK_STOS_LIMIT bytes.
2851 void CodeGen::genCodeForInitBlkRepStos(GenTreeBlk* initBlkNode)
2853 // Make sure we got the arguments of the initblk/initobj operation in the right registers.
2854 unsigned size = initBlkNode->Size();
2855 GenTreePtr dstAddr = initBlkNode->Addr();
2856 GenTreePtr initVal = initBlkNode->Data();
2857 if (initVal->OperIsInitVal())
2859 initVal = initVal->gtGetOp1();
2863 assert(dstAddr->isUsedFromReg());
2864 assert(initVal->isUsedFromReg());
2865 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
2868 if (initVal->IsCnsIntOrI())
2870 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
2871 assert(size > CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT && size < CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT);
2873 // Note that a size of zero means a non-constant size.
2874 assert((size == 0) || (size > CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT));
2880 genConsumeBlockOp(initBlkNode, REG_RDI, REG_RAX, REG_RCX);
2881 instGen(INS_r_stosb);
2884 // Generate code for InitBlk by performing a loop unroll
2886 // a) Both the size and fill byte value are integer constants.
2887 // b) The size of the struct to initialize is smaller than INITBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT bytes.
2889 void CodeGen::genCodeForInitBlkUnroll(GenTreeBlk* initBlkNode)
2891 // Make sure we got the arguments of the initblk/initobj operation in the right registers
2892 unsigned size = initBlkNode->Size();
2893 GenTreePtr dstAddr = initBlkNode->Addr();
2894 GenTreePtr initVal = initBlkNode->Data();
2895 if (initVal->OperIsInitVal())
2897 initVal = initVal->gtGetOp1();
2900 assert(dstAddr->isUsedFromReg());
2901 assert(initVal->isUsedFromReg() || (initVal->IsIntegralConst(0) && ((size & 0xf) == 0)));
2903 assert(size <= INITBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT);
2904 assert(initVal->gtSkipReloadOrCopy()->IsCnsIntOrI());
2906 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
2908 genConsumeOperands(initBlkNode);
2910 // If the initVal was moved, or spilled and reloaded to a different register,
2911 // get the original initVal from below the GT_RELOAD, but only after capturing the valReg,
2912 // which needs to be the new register.
2913 regNumber valReg = initVal->gtRegNum;
2914 initVal = initVal->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
2916 unsigned offset = 0;
2918 // Perform an unroll using SSE2 loads and stores.
2919 if (size >= XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES)
2921 regNumber tmpReg = initBlkNode->GetSingleTempReg();
2922 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(tmpReg));
2924 if (initVal->gtIntCon.gtIconVal != 0)
2926 emit->emitIns_R_R(INS_mov_i2xmm, EA_PTRSIZE, tmpReg, valReg);
2927 emit->emitIns_R_R(INS_punpckldq, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, tmpReg);
2929 // For x86, we need one more to convert it from 8 bytes to 16 bytes.
2930 emit->emitIns_R_R(INS_punpckldq, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, tmpReg);
2931 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
2935 emit->emitIns_R_R(INS_xorpd, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, tmpReg);
2938 // Determine how many 16 byte slots we're going to fill using SSE movs.
2939 size_t slots = size / XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
2943 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_movdqu, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2944 offset += XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
2948 // Fill the remainder (or a < 16 byte sized struct)
2949 if ((size & 8) != 0)
2952 // TODO-X86-CQ: [1091735] Revisit block ops codegen. One example: use movq for 8 byte movs.
2953 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2955 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2957 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
2959 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_8BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2962 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
2964 if ((size & 4) != 0)
2966 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2969 if ((size & 2) != 0)
2971 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_2BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2974 if ((size & 1) != 0)
2976 emit->emitIns_AR_R(INS_mov, EA_1BYTE, valReg, dstAddr->gtRegNum, offset);
2980 // Generates code for InitBlk by calling the VM memset helper function.
2982 // a) The size argument of the InitBlk is not an integer constant.
2983 // b) The size argument of the InitBlk is >= INITBLK_STOS_LIMIT bytes.
2984 void CodeGen::genCodeForInitBlk(GenTreeBlk* initBlkNode)
2986 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
2987 // Make sure we got the arguments of the initblk operation in the right registers
2988 unsigned blockSize = initBlkNode->Size();
2989 GenTreePtr dstAddr = initBlkNode->Addr();
2990 GenTreePtr initVal = initBlkNode->Data();
2991 if (initVal->OperIsInitVal())
2993 initVal = initVal->gtGetOp1();
2996 assert(dstAddr->isUsedFromReg());
2997 assert(initVal->isUsedFromReg());
3001 assert(blockSize >= CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT);
3004 genConsumeBlockOp(initBlkNode, REG_ARG_0, REG_ARG_1, REG_ARG_2);
3006 genEmitHelperCall(CORINFO_HELP_MEMSET, 0, EA_UNKNOWN);
3007 #else // !_TARGET_AMD64_
3008 NYI_X86("Helper call for InitBlk");
3009 #endif // !_TARGET_AMD64_
3012 // Generate code for a load from some address + offset
3013 // baseNode: tree node which can be either a local address or arbitrary node
3014 // offset: distance from the baseNode from which to load
3015 void CodeGen::genCodeForLoadOffset(instruction ins, emitAttr size, regNumber dst, GenTree* baseNode, unsigned offset)
3017 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
3019 if (baseNode->OperIsLocalAddr())
3021 if (baseNode->gtOper == GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR)
3023 offset += baseNode->gtLclFld.gtLclOffs;
3025 emit->emitIns_R_S(ins, size, dst, baseNode->gtLclVarCommon.gtLclNum, offset);
3029 emit->emitIns_R_AR(ins, size, dst, baseNode->gtRegNum, offset);
3033 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3034 // genCodeForStoreOffset: Generate code to store a reg to [base + offset].
3037 // ins - the instruction to generate.
3038 // size - the size that needs to be stored.
3039 // src - the register which needs to be stored.
3040 // baseNode - the base, relative to which to store the src register.
3041 // offset - the offset that is added to the baseNode to calculate the address to store into.
3043 void CodeGen::genCodeForStoreOffset(instruction ins, emitAttr size, regNumber src, GenTree* baseNode, unsigned offset)
3045 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
3047 if (baseNode->OperIsLocalAddr())
3049 if (baseNode->gtOper == GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR)
3051 offset += baseNode->gtLclFld.gtLclOffs;
3054 emit->emitIns_S_R(ins, size, src, baseNode->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum(), offset);
3058 emit->emitIns_AR_R(ins, size, src, baseNode->gtRegNum, offset);
3062 // Generates CpBlk code by performing a loop unroll
3064 // The size argument of the CpBlk node is a constant and <= 64 bytes.
3065 // This may seem small but covers >95% of the cases in several framework assemblies.
3067 void CodeGen::genCodeForCpBlkUnroll(GenTreeBlk* cpBlkNode)
3069 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpblk operation in the right registers
3070 unsigned size = cpBlkNode->Size();
3071 GenTreePtr dstAddr = cpBlkNode->Addr();
3072 GenTreePtr source = cpBlkNode->Data();
3073 GenTreePtr srcAddr = nullptr;
3074 assert(size <= CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT);
3076 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
3078 if (dstAddr->isUsedFromReg())
3080 genConsumeReg(dstAddr);
3083 if (source->gtOper == GT_IND)
3085 srcAddr = source->gtGetOp1();
3086 if (srcAddr->isUsedFromReg())
3088 genConsumeReg(srcAddr);
3093 noway_assert(source->IsLocal());
3094 // TODO-Cleanup: Consider making the addrForm() method in Rationalize public, e.g. in GenTree.
3095 // OR: transform source to GT_IND(GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR)
3096 if (source->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR)
3098 source->SetOper(GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR);
3102 assert(source->OperGet() == GT_LCL_FLD);
3103 source->SetOper(GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR);
3108 unsigned offset = 0;
3110 // If the size of this struct is larger than 16 bytes
3111 // let's use SSE2 to be able to do 16 byte at a time
3112 // loads and stores.
3114 if (size >= XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES)
3116 regNumber xmmReg = cpBlkNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLFLOAT);
3117 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(xmmReg));
3118 size_t slots = size / XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
3120 // TODO: In the below code the load and store instructions are for 16 bytes, but the
3121 // type is EA_8BYTE. The movdqa/u are 16 byte instructions, so it works, but
3122 // this probably needs to be changed.
3126 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_movdqu, EA_8BYTE, xmmReg, srcAddr, offset);
3128 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_movdqu, EA_8BYTE, xmmReg, dstAddr, offset);
3129 offset += XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
3133 // Fill the remainder (15 bytes or less) if there's one.
3134 if ((size & 0xf) != 0)
3136 // Grab the integer temp register to emit the remaining loads and stores.
3137 regNumber tmpReg = cpBlkNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLINT);
3139 if ((size & 8) != 0)
3142 // TODO-X86-CQ: [1091735] Revisit block ops codegen. One example: use movq for 8 byte movs.
3143 for (unsigned savedOffs = offset; offset < savedOffs + 8; offset += 4)
3145 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, tmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3146 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr, offset);
3148 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
3149 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3150 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_mov, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr, offset);
3152 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
3154 if ((size & 4) != 0)
3156 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, tmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3157 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr, offset);
3160 if ((size & 2) != 0)
3162 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_2BYTE, tmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3163 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_mov, EA_2BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr, offset);
3166 if ((size & 1) != 0)
3168 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_1BYTE, tmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3169 genCodeForStoreOffset(INS_mov, EA_1BYTE, tmpReg, dstAddr, offset);
3174 // Generate code for CpBlk by using rep movs
3176 // The size argument of the CpBlk is a constant and is between
3177 // CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT and CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT bytes.
3178 void CodeGen::genCodeForCpBlkRepMovs(GenTreeBlk* cpBlkNode)
3180 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpblk operation in the right registers
3181 unsigned size = cpBlkNode->Size();
3182 GenTreePtr dstAddr = cpBlkNode->Addr();
3183 GenTreePtr source = cpBlkNode->Data();
3184 GenTreePtr srcAddr = nullptr;
3187 assert(dstAddr->isUsedFromReg());
3188 assert(source->isContained());
3193 noway_assert(cpBlkNode->OperGet() == GT_STORE_DYN_BLK);
3199 assert(size > CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT && size < CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT);
3201 assert(size > CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT);
3206 genConsumeBlockOp(cpBlkNode, REG_RDI, REG_RSI, REG_RCX);
3207 instGen(INS_r_movsb);
3210 #ifdef FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK
3211 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3212 // CodeGen::genMove8IfNeeded: Conditionally move 8 bytes of a struct to the argument area
3215 // size - The size of bytes remaining to be moved
3216 // longTmpReg - The tmp register to be used for the long value
3217 // srcAddr - The address of the source struct
3218 // offset - The current offset being copied
3221 // Returns the number of bytes moved (8 or 0).
3224 // This is used in the PutArgStkKindUnroll case, to move any bytes that are
3225 // not an even multiple of 16.
3226 // On x86, longTmpReg must be an xmm reg; on x64 it must be an integer register.
3227 // This is checked by genStoreRegToStackArg.
3229 unsigned CodeGen::genMove8IfNeeded(unsigned size, regNumber longTmpReg, GenTree* srcAddr, unsigned offset)
3232 instruction longMovIns = INS_movq;
3233 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
3234 instruction longMovIns = INS_mov;
3235 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
3236 if ((size & 8) != 0)
3238 genCodeForLoadOffset(longMovIns, EA_8BYTE, longTmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3239 genStoreRegToStackArg(TYP_LONG, longTmpReg, offset);
3245 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3246 // CodeGen::genMove4IfNeeded: Conditionally move 4 bytes of a struct to the argument area
3249 // size - The size of bytes remaining to be moved
3250 // intTmpReg - The tmp register to be used for the long value
3251 // srcAddr - The address of the source struct
3252 // offset - The current offset being copied
3255 // Returns the number of bytes moved (4 or 0).
3258 // This is used in the PutArgStkKindUnroll case, to move any bytes that are
3259 // not an even multiple of 16.
3260 // intTmpReg must be an integer register.
3261 // This is checked by genStoreRegToStackArg.
3263 unsigned CodeGen::genMove4IfNeeded(unsigned size, regNumber intTmpReg, GenTree* srcAddr, unsigned offset)
3265 if ((size & 4) != 0)
3267 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, intTmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3268 genStoreRegToStackArg(TYP_INT, intTmpReg, offset);
3274 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3275 // CodeGen::genMove2IfNeeded: Conditionally move 2 bytes of a struct to the argument area
3278 // size - The size of bytes remaining to be moved
3279 // intTmpReg - The tmp register to be used for the long value
3280 // srcAddr - The address of the source struct
3281 // offset - The current offset being copied
3284 // Returns the number of bytes moved (2 or 0).
3287 // This is used in the PutArgStkKindUnroll case, to move any bytes that are
3288 // not an even multiple of 16.
3289 // intTmpReg must be an integer register.
3290 // This is checked by genStoreRegToStackArg.
3292 unsigned CodeGen::genMove2IfNeeded(unsigned size, regNumber intTmpReg, GenTree* srcAddr, unsigned offset)
3294 if ((size & 2) != 0)
3296 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_2BYTE, intTmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3297 genStoreRegToStackArg(TYP_SHORT, intTmpReg, offset);
3303 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3304 // CodeGen::genMove1IfNeeded: Conditionally move 1 byte of a struct to the argument area
3307 // size - The size of bytes remaining to be moved
3308 // intTmpReg - The tmp register to be used for the long value
3309 // srcAddr - The address of the source struct
3310 // offset - The current offset being copied
3313 // Returns the number of bytes moved (1 or 0).
3316 // This is used in the PutArgStkKindUnroll case, to move any bytes that are
3317 // not an even multiple of 16.
3318 // intTmpReg must be an integer register.
3319 // This is checked by genStoreRegToStackArg.
3321 unsigned CodeGen::genMove1IfNeeded(unsigned size, regNumber intTmpReg, GenTree* srcAddr, unsigned offset)
3324 if ((size & 1) != 0)
3326 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_mov, EA_1BYTE, intTmpReg, srcAddr, offset);
3327 genStoreRegToStackArg(TYP_BYTE, intTmpReg, offset);
3333 //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
3334 // genStructPutArgUnroll: Generates code for passing a struct arg on stack by value using loop unrolling.
3337 // putArgNode - the PutArgStk tree.
3340 // m_stkArgVarNum must be set to the base var number, relative to which the by-val struct will be copied to the
3343 // TODO-Amd64-Unix: Try to share code with copyblk.
3344 // Need refactoring of copyblk before it could be used for putarg_stk.
3345 // The difference for now is that a putarg_stk contains its children, while cpyblk does not.
3346 // This creates differences in code. After some significant refactoring it could be reused.
3348 void CodeGen::genStructPutArgUnroll(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgNode)
3350 // We will never call this method for SIMD types, which are stored directly
3351 // in genPutStructArgStk().
3352 noway_assert(putArgNode->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT);
3354 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpblk operation in the right registers
3355 GenTreePtr dstAddr = putArgNode;
3356 GenTreePtr src = putArgNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
3358 unsigned size = putArgNode->getArgSize();
3359 assert(size <= CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT);
3361 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
3362 unsigned putArgOffset = putArgNode->getArgOffset();
3364 assert(src->isContained());
3366 assert(src->gtOper == GT_OBJ);
3368 if (src->gtOp.gtOp1->isUsedFromReg())
3370 genConsumeReg(src->gtOp.gtOp1);
3373 unsigned offset = 0;
3375 regNumber xmmTmpReg = REG_NA;
3376 regNumber intTmpReg = REG_NA;
3377 regNumber longTmpReg = REG_NA;
3379 // On x86 we use an XMM register for both 16 and 8-byte chunks, but if it's
3380 // less than 16 bytes, we will just be using pushes
3383 xmmTmpReg = putArgNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLFLOAT);
3384 longTmpReg = xmmTmpReg;
3386 if ((size & 0x7) != 0)
3388 intTmpReg = putArgNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLINT);
3390 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
3391 // On x64 we use an XMM register only for 16-byte chunks.
3392 if (size >= XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES)
3394 xmmTmpReg = putArgNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLFLOAT);
3396 if ((size & 0xf) != 0)
3398 intTmpReg = putArgNode->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLINT);
3399 longTmpReg = intTmpReg;
3401 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
3403 // If the size of this struct is larger than 16 bytes
3404 // let's use SSE2 to be able to do 16 byte at a time
3405 // loads and stores.
3406 if (size >= XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES)
3409 assert(!m_pushStkArg);
3410 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
3411 size_t slots = size / XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
3413 assert(putArgNode->gtGetOp1()->isContained());
3414 assert(putArgNode->gtGetOp1()->gtOp.gtOper == GT_OBJ);
3416 // TODO: In the below code the load and store instructions are for 16 bytes, but the
3417 // type is EA_8BYTE. The movdqa/u are 16 byte instructions, so it works, but
3418 // this probably needs to be changed.
3422 genCodeForLoadOffset(INS_movdqu, EA_8BYTE, xmmTmpReg, src->gtGetOp1(), offset);
3425 genStoreRegToStackArg(TYP_STRUCT, xmmTmpReg, offset);
3427 offset += XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES;
3431 // Fill the remainder (15 bytes or less) if there's one.
3432 if ((size & 0xf) != 0)
3437 // This case is currently supported only for the case where the total size is
3438 // less than XMM_REGSIZE_BYTES. We need to push the remaining chunks in reverse
3439 // order. However, morph has ensured that we have a struct that is an even
3440 // multiple of TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, so we don't need to worry about alignment.
3441 assert(((size & 0xc) == size) && (offset == 0));
3442 // If we have a 4 byte chunk, load it from either offset 0 or 8, depending on
3443 // whether we've got an 8 byte chunk, and then push it on the stack.
3444 unsigned pushedBytes = genMove4IfNeeded(size, intTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, size & 0x8);
3445 // Now if we have an 8 byte chunk, load it from offset 0 (it's the first chunk)
3446 // and push it on the stack.
3447 pushedBytes += genMove8IfNeeded(size, longTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, 0);
3450 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
3452 offset += genMove8IfNeeded(size, longTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, offset);
3453 offset += genMove4IfNeeded(size, intTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, offset);
3454 offset += genMove2IfNeeded(size, intTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, offset);
3455 offset += genMove1IfNeeded(size, intTmpReg, src->gtOp.gtOp1, offset);
3456 assert(offset == size);
3461 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3462 // genStructPutArgRepMovs: Generates code for passing a struct arg by value on stack using Rep Movs.
3465 // putArgNode - the PutArgStk tree.
3468 // The size argument of the PutArgStk (for structs) is a constant and is between
3469 // CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT and CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT bytes.
3470 // m_stkArgVarNum must be set to the base var number, relative to which the by-val struct bits will go.
3472 void CodeGen::genStructPutArgRepMovs(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgNode)
3474 assert(putArgNode->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT);
3475 assert(putArgNode->getArgSize() > CPBLK_UNROLL_LIMIT);
3477 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpblk operation in the right registers
3478 GenTreePtr dstAddr = putArgNode;
3479 GenTreePtr srcAddr = putArgNode->gtGetOp1();
3482 assert(putArgNode->gtRsvdRegs == (RBM_RDI | RBM_RCX | RBM_RSI));
3483 assert(srcAddr->isContained());
3485 genConsumePutStructArgStk(putArgNode, REG_RDI, REG_RSI, REG_RCX);
3486 instGen(INS_r_movsb);
3489 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3490 // If any Vector3 args are on stack and they are not pass-by-ref, the upper 32bits
3491 // must be cleared to zeroes. The native compiler doesn't clear the upper bits
3492 // and there is no way to know if the caller is native or not. So, the upper
3493 // 32 bits of Vector argument on stack are always cleared to zero.
3494 #if defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING) && defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
3495 void CodeGen::genClearStackVec3ArgUpperBits()
3500 printf("*************** In genClearStackVec3ArgUpperBits()\n");
3504 assert(compiler->compGeneratingProlog);
3506 unsigned varNum = 0;
3508 for (unsigned varNum = 0; varNum < compiler->info.compArgsCount; varNum++)
3510 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[varNum]);
3511 assert(varDsc->lvIsParam);
3513 // Does var has simd12 type?
3514 if (varDsc->lvType != TYP_SIMD12)
3519 if (!varDsc->lvIsRegArg)
3521 // Clear the upper 32 bits by mov dword ptr [V_ARG_BASE+0xC], 0
3522 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_I(ins_Store(TYP_INT), EA_4BYTE, varNum, genTypeSize(TYP_FLOAT) * 3, 0);
3526 // Assume that for x64 linux, an argument is fully in registers
3527 // or fully on stack.
3528 regNumber argReg = varDsc->GetOtherArgReg();
3530 // Clear the upper 32 bits by two shift instructions.
3531 // argReg = argReg << 96
3532 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_pslldq, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_SIMD12), argReg, 12);
3533 // argReg = argReg >> 96
3534 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_psrldq, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_SIMD12), argReg, 12);
3538 #endif // defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING) && defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
3539 #endif // FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK
3541 // Generate code for CpObj nodes wich copy structs that have interleaved
3543 // This will generate a sequence of movsp instructions for the cases of non-gc members.
3544 // Note that movsp is an alias for movsd on x86 and movsq on x64.
3545 // and calls to the BY_REF_ASSIGN helper otherwise.
3546 void CodeGen::genCodeForCpObj(GenTreeObj* cpObjNode)
3548 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpobj operation in the right registers
3549 GenTreePtr dstAddr = cpObjNode->Addr();
3550 GenTreePtr source = cpObjNode->Data();
3551 GenTreePtr srcAddr = nullptr;
3552 var_types srcAddrType = TYP_BYREF;
3553 bool sourceIsLocal = false;
3555 assert(source->isContained());
3556 if (source->gtOper == GT_IND)
3558 srcAddr = source->gtGetOp1();
3559 assert(srcAddr->isUsedFromReg());
3563 noway_assert(source->IsLocal());
3564 sourceIsLocal = true;
3567 bool dstOnStack = dstAddr->OperIsLocalAddr();
3571 assert(dstAddr->isUsedFromReg());
3573 // If the GenTree node has data about GC pointers, this means we're dealing
3574 // with CpObj, so this requires special logic.
3575 assert(cpObjNode->gtGcPtrCount > 0);
3577 // MovSp (alias for movsq on x64 and movsd on x86) instruction is used for copying non-gcref fields
3578 // and it needs src = RSI and dst = RDI.
3579 // Either these registers must not contain lclVars, or they must be dying or marked for spill.
3580 // This is because these registers are incremented as we go through the struct.
3583 GenTree* actualSrcAddr = srcAddr->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
3584 GenTree* actualDstAddr = dstAddr->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
3585 unsigned srcLclVarNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
3586 unsigned dstLclVarNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
3587 bool isSrcAddrLiveOut = false;
3588 bool isDstAddrLiveOut = false;
3589 if (genIsRegCandidateLocal(actualSrcAddr))
3591 srcLclVarNum = actualSrcAddr->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
3592 isSrcAddrLiveOut = ((actualSrcAddr->gtFlags & (GTF_VAR_DEATH | GTF_SPILL)) == 0);
3594 if (genIsRegCandidateLocal(actualDstAddr))
3596 dstLclVarNum = actualDstAddr->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
3597 isDstAddrLiveOut = ((actualDstAddr->gtFlags & (GTF_VAR_DEATH | GTF_SPILL)) == 0);
3599 assert((actualSrcAddr->gtRegNum != REG_RSI) || !isSrcAddrLiveOut ||
3600 ((srcLclVarNum == dstLclVarNum) && !isDstAddrLiveOut));
3601 assert((actualDstAddr->gtRegNum != REG_RDI) || !isDstAddrLiveOut ||
3602 ((srcLclVarNum == dstLclVarNum) && !isSrcAddrLiveOut));
3603 srcAddrType = srcAddr->TypeGet();
3607 // Consume the operands and get them into the right registers.
3608 // They may now contain gc pointers (depending on their type; gcMarkRegPtrVal will "do the right thing").
3609 genConsumeBlockOp(cpObjNode, REG_RDI, REG_RSI, REG_NA);
3610 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(REG_RSI, srcAddrType);
3611 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(REG_RDI, dstAddr->TypeGet());
3613 unsigned slots = cpObjNode->gtSlots;
3615 // If we can prove it's on the stack we don't need to use the write barrier.
3618 if (slots >= CPOBJ_NONGC_SLOTS_LIMIT)
3620 // If the destination of the CpObj is on the stack, make sure we allocated
3621 // RCX to emit the movsp (alias for movsd or movsq for 32 and 64 bits respectively).
3622 assert((cpObjNode->gtRsvdRegs & RBM_RCX) != 0);
3624 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, REG_RCX, slots);
3625 instGen(INS_r_movsp);
3629 // For small structs, it's better to emit a sequence of movsp than to
3630 // emit a rep movsp instruction.
3640 BYTE* gcPtrs = cpObjNode->gtGcPtrs;
3641 unsigned gcPtrCount = cpObjNode->gtGcPtrCount;
3649 // Let's see if we can use rep movsp instead of a sequence of movsp instructions
3650 // to save cycles and code size.
3652 unsigned nonGcSlotCount = 0;
3658 } while (i < slots && gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_NONE);
3660 // If we have a very small contiguous non-gc region, it's better just to
3661 // emit a sequence of movsp instructions
3662 if (nonGcSlotCount < CPOBJ_NONGC_SLOTS_LIMIT)
3664 while (nonGcSlotCount > 0)
3672 // Otherwise, we can save code-size and improve CQ by emitting
3673 // rep movsp (alias for movsd/movsq for x86/x64)
3674 assert((cpObjNode->gtRsvdRegs & RBM_RCX) != 0);
3676 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, REG_RCX, nonGcSlotCount);
3677 instGen(INS_r_movsp);
3682 // We have a GC pointer, call the memory barrier.
3683 genEmitHelperCall(CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_BYREF, 0, EA_PTRSIZE);
3689 assert(gcPtrCount == 0);
3692 // Clear the gcInfo for RSI and RDI.
3693 // While we normally update GC info prior to the last instruction that uses them,
3694 // these actually live into the helper call.
3695 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(RBM_RSI);
3696 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(RBM_RDI);
3699 // Generate code for a CpBlk node by the means of the VM memcpy helper call
3701 // a) The size argument of the CpBlk is not an integer constant
3702 // b) The size argument is a constant but is larger than CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT bytes.
3703 void CodeGen::genCodeForCpBlk(GenTreeBlk* cpBlkNode)
3705 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
3706 // Make sure we got the arguments of the cpblk operation in the right registers
3707 unsigned blockSize = cpBlkNode->Size();
3708 GenTreePtr dstAddr = cpBlkNode->Addr();
3709 GenTreePtr source = cpBlkNode->Data();
3710 GenTreePtr srcAddr = nullptr;
3712 // Size goes in arg2
3715 assert(blockSize >= CPBLK_MOVS_LIMIT);
3716 assert((cpBlkNode->gtRsvdRegs & RBM_ARG_2) != 0);
3720 noway_assert(cpBlkNode->gtOper == GT_STORE_DYN_BLK);
3723 // Source address goes in arg1
3724 if (source->gtOper == GT_IND)
3726 srcAddr = source->gtGetOp1();
3727 assert(srcAddr->isUsedFromReg());
3731 noway_assert(source->IsLocal());
3732 assert((cpBlkNode->gtRsvdRegs & RBM_ARG_1) != 0);
3733 inst_RV_TT(INS_lea, REG_ARG_1, source, 0, EA_BYREF);
3736 genConsumeBlockOp(cpBlkNode, REG_ARG_0, REG_ARG_1, REG_ARG_2);
3738 genEmitHelperCall(CORINFO_HELP_MEMCPY, 0, EA_UNKNOWN);
3739 #else // !_TARGET_AMD64_
3740 noway_assert(false && "Helper call for CpBlk is not needed.");
3741 #endif // !_TARGET_AMD64_
3744 // generate code do a switch statement based on a table of ip-relative offsets
3745 void CodeGen::genTableBasedSwitch(GenTree* treeNode)
3747 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
3748 regNumber idxReg = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1->gtRegNum;
3749 regNumber baseReg = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp2->gtRegNum;
3751 regNumber tmpReg = treeNode->GetSingleTempReg();
3753 // load the ip-relative offset (which is relative to start of fgFirstBB)
3754 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_ARX(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, baseReg, baseReg, idxReg, 4, 0);
3756 // add it to the absolute address of fgFirstBB
3757 compiler->fgFirstBB->bbFlags |= BBF_JMP_TARGET;
3758 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_L(INS_lea, EA_PTR_DSP_RELOC, compiler->fgFirstBB, tmpReg);
3759 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R(INS_add, EA_PTRSIZE, baseReg, tmpReg);
3761 getEmitter()->emitIns_R(INS_i_jmp, emitTypeSize(TYP_I_IMPL), baseReg);
3764 // emits the table and an instruction to get the address of the first element
3765 void CodeGen::genJumpTable(GenTree* treeNode)
3767 noway_assert(compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_SWITCH);
3768 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_JMPTABLE);
3770 unsigned jumpCount = compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpSwt->bbsCount;
3771 BasicBlock** jumpTable = compiler->compCurBB->bbJumpSwt->bbsDstTab;
3772 unsigned jmpTabOffs;
3773 unsigned jmpTabBase;
3775 jmpTabBase = getEmitter()->emitBBTableDataGenBeg(jumpCount, true);
3779 JITDUMP("\n J_M%03u_DS%02u LABEL DWORD\n", Compiler::s_compMethodsCount, jmpTabBase);
3781 for (unsigned i = 0; i < jumpCount; i++)
3783 BasicBlock* target = *jumpTable++;
3784 noway_assert(target->bbFlags & BBF_JMP_TARGET);
3786 JITDUMP(" DD L_M%03u_BB%02u\n", Compiler::s_compMethodsCount, target->bbNum);
3788 getEmitter()->emitDataGenData(i, target);
3791 getEmitter()->emitDataGenEnd();
3793 // Access to inline data is 'abstracted' by a special type of static member
3794 // (produced by eeFindJitDataOffs) which the emitter recognizes as being a reference
3795 // to constant data, not a real static field.
3796 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_C(INS_lea, emitTypeSize(TYP_I_IMPL), treeNode->gtRegNum,
3797 compiler->eeFindJitDataOffs(jmpTabBase), 0);
3798 genProduceReg(treeNode);
3801 // generate code for the locked operations:
3802 // GT_LOCKADD, GT_XCHG, GT_XADD
3803 void CodeGen::genLockedInstructions(GenTreeOp* treeNode)
3805 GenTree* data = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp2;
3806 GenTree* addr = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
3807 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
3808 regNumber dataReg = data->gtRegNum;
3809 regNumber addrReg = addr->gtRegNum;
3810 var_types type = genActualType(data->TypeGet());
3813 // The register allocator should have extended the lifetime of the address
3814 // so that it is not used as the target.
3815 noway_assert(addrReg != targetReg);
3817 // If data is a lclVar that's not a last use, we'd better have allocated a register
3818 // for the result (except in the case of GT_LOCKADD which does not produce a register result).
3819 assert(targetReg != REG_NA || treeNode->OperGet() == GT_LOCKADD || !genIsRegCandidateLocal(data) ||
3820 (data->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH) != 0);
3822 genConsumeOperands(treeNode);
3823 if (targetReg != REG_NA && dataReg != REG_NA && dataReg != targetReg)
3825 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(type), targetReg, dataReg);
3826 data->gtRegNum = targetReg;
3828 // TODO-XArch-Cleanup: Consider whether it is worth it, for debugging purposes, to restore the
3829 // original gtRegNum on data, after calling emitInsBinary below.
3831 switch (treeNode->OperGet())
3838 // lock is implied by xchg
3849 // all of these nodes implicitly do an indirection on op1
3850 // so create a temporary node to feed into the pattern matching
3851 GenTreeIndir i = indirForm(type, addr);
3852 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(type), &i, data);
3854 if (treeNode->gtRegNum != REG_NA)
3856 genProduceReg(treeNode);
3860 // generate code for BoundsCheck nodes
3861 void CodeGen::genRangeCheck(GenTreePtr oper)
3864 noway_assert(oper->OperGet() == GT_ARR_BOUNDS_CHECK || oper->OperGet() == GT_SIMD_CHK);
3865 #else // !FEATURE_SIMD
3866 noway_assert(oper->OperGet() == GT_ARR_BOUNDS_CHECK);
3867 #endif // !FEATURE_SIMD
3869 GenTreeBoundsChk* bndsChk = oper->AsBoundsChk();
3871 GenTreePtr arrIndex = bndsChk->gtIndex;
3872 GenTreePtr arrLen = bndsChk->gtArrLen;
3873 GenTreePtr arrRef = nullptr;
3876 GenTree * src1, *src2;
3877 emitJumpKind jmpKind;
3879 genConsumeRegs(arrIndex);
3880 genConsumeRegs(arrLen);
3882 if (arrIndex->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
3884 // arrIndex is a contained constant. In this case
3885 // we will generate one of the following
3886 // cmp [mem], immed (if arrLen is a memory op)
3887 // cmp reg, immed (if arrLen is in a reg)
3889 // That is arrLen cannot be a contained immed.
3890 assert(!arrLen->isContainedIntOrIImmed());
3898 // arrIndex could either be a contained memory op or a reg
3899 // In this case we will generate one of the following
3900 // cmp [mem], immed (if arrLen is a constant)
3901 // cmp [mem], reg (if arrLen is in a reg)
3902 // cmp reg, immed (if arrIndex is in a reg)
3903 // cmp reg1, reg2 (if arraIndex is in reg1)
3904 // cmp reg, [mem] (if arrLen is a memory op)
3906 // That is only one of arrIndex or arrLen can be a memory op.
3907 assert(!arrIndex->isUsedFromMemory() || !arrLen->isUsedFromMemory());
3914 var_types bndsChkType = src2->TypeGet();
3916 // Bounds checks can only be 32 or 64 bit sized comparisons.
3917 assert(bndsChkType == TYP_INT || bndsChkType == TYP_LONG);
3919 // The type of the bounds check should always wide enough to compare against the index.
3920 assert(emitTypeSize(bndsChkType) >= emitTypeSize(src1->TypeGet()));
3923 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(INS_cmp, emitTypeSize(bndsChkType), src1, src2);
3924 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(jmpKind, bndsChk->gtThrowKind, bndsChk->gtIndRngFailBB);
3927 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3928 // genOffsetOfMDArrayLowerBound: Returns the offset from the Array object to the
3929 // lower bound for the given dimension.
3932 // elemType - the element type of the array
3933 // rank - the rank of the array
3934 // dimension - the dimension for which the lower bound offset will be returned.
3939 unsigned CodeGen::genOffsetOfMDArrayLowerBound(var_types elemType, unsigned rank, unsigned dimension)
3941 // Note that the lower bound and length fields of the Array object are always TYP_INT, even on 64-bit targets.
3942 return compiler->eeGetArrayDataOffset(elemType) + genTypeSize(TYP_INT) * (dimension + rank);
3945 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3946 // genOffsetOfMDArrayLength: Returns the offset from the Array object to the
3947 // size for the given dimension.
3950 // elemType - the element type of the array
3951 // rank - the rank of the array
3952 // dimension - the dimension for which the lower bound offset will be returned.
3957 unsigned CodeGen::genOffsetOfMDArrayDimensionSize(var_types elemType, unsigned rank, unsigned dimension)
3959 // Note that the lower bound and length fields of the Array object are always TYP_INT, even on 64-bit targets.
3960 return compiler->eeGetArrayDataOffset(elemType) + genTypeSize(TYP_INT) * dimension;
3963 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
3964 // genCodeForArrIndex: Generates code to bounds check the index for one dimension of an array reference,
3965 // producing the effective index by subtracting the lower bound.
3968 // arrIndex - the node for which we're generating code
3974 void CodeGen::genCodeForArrIndex(GenTreeArrIndex* arrIndex)
3976 GenTreePtr arrObj = arrIndex->ArrObj();
3977 GenTreePtr indexNode = arrIndex->IndexExpr();
3979 regNumber arrReg = genConsumeReg(arrObj);
3980 regNumber indexReg = genConsumeReg(indexNode);
3981 regNumber tgtReg = arrIndex->gtRegNum;
3983 unsigned dim = arrIndex->gtCurrDim;
3984 unsigned rank = arrIndex->gtArrRank;
3985 var_types elemType = arrIndex->gtArrElemType;
3987 noway_assert(tgtReg != REG_NA);
3989 // Subtract the lower bound for this dimension.
3990 // TODO-XArch-CQ: make this contained if it's an immediate that fits.
3991 if (tgtReg != indexReg)
3993 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tgtReg, indexReg, indexNode->TypeGet());
3995 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(INS_sub, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_INT), tgtReg, arrReg,
3996 genOffsetOfMDArrayLowerBound(elemType, rank, dim));
3997 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(INS_cmp, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_INT), tgtReg, arrReg,
3998 genOffsetOfMDArrayDimensionSize(elemType, rank, dim));
3999 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jae, SCK_RNGCHK_FAIL);
4001 genProduceReg(arrIndex);
4004 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4005 // genCodeForArrOffset: Generates code to compute the flattened array offset for
4006 // one dimension of an array reference:
4007 // result = (prevDimOffset * dimSize) + effectiveIndex
4008 // where dimSize is obtained from the arrObj operand
4011 // arrOffset - the node for which we're generating code
4017 // dimSize and effectiveIndex are always non-negative, the former by design,
4018 // and the latter because it has been normalized to be zero-based.
4020 void CodeGen::genCodeForArrOffset(GenTreeArrOffs* arrOffset)
4022 GenTreePtr offsetNode = arrOffset->gtOffset;
4023 GenTreePtr indexNode = arrOffset->gtIndex;
4024 GenTreePtr arrObj = arrOffset->gtArrObj;
4026 regNumber tgtReg = arrOffset->gtRegNum;
4027 assert(tgtReg != REG_NA);
4029 unsigned dim = arrOffset->gtCurrDim;
4030 unsigned rank = arrOffset->gtArrRank;
4031 var_types elemType = arrOffset->gtArrElemType;
4033 // First, consume the operands in the correct order.
4034 regNumber offsetReg = REG_NA;
4035 regNumber tmpReg = REG_NA;
4036 if (!offsetNode->IsIntegralConst(0))
4038 offsetReg = genConsumeReg(offsetNode);
4040 // We will use a temp register for the offset*scale+effectiveIndex computation.
4041 tmpReg = arrOffset->GetSingleTempReg();
4045 assert(offsetNode->isContained());
4047 regNumber indexReg = genConsumeReg(indexNode);
4048 // Although arrReg may not be used in the constant-index case, if we have generated
4049 // the value into a register, we must consume it, otherwise we will fail to end the
4050 // live range of the gc ptr.
4051 // TODO-CQ: Currently arrObj will always have a register allocated to it.
4052 // We could avoid allocating a register for it, which would be of value if the arrObj
4053 // is an on-stack lclVar.
4054 regNumber arrReg = REG_NA;
4055 if (arrObj->gtHasReg())
4057 arrReg = genConsumeReg(arrObj);
4060 if (!offsetNode->IsIntegralConst(0))
4062 assert(tmpReg != REG_NA);
4063 assert(arrReg != REG_NA);
4065 // Evaluate tgtReg = offsetReg*dim_size + indexReg.
4066 // tmpReg is used to load dim_size and the result of the multiplication.
4067 // Note that dim_size will never be negative.
4069 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(INS_mov, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_INT), tmpReg, arrReg,
4070 genOffsetOfMDArrayDimensionSize(elemType, rank, dim));
4071 inst_RV_RV(INS_imul, tmpReg, offsetReg);
4073 if (tmpReg == tgtReg)
4075 inst_RV_RV(INS_add, tmpReg, indexReg);
4079 if (indexReg != tgtReg)
4081 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tgtReg, indexReg, TYP_I_IMPL);
4083 inst_RV_RV(INS_add, tgtReg, tmpReg);
4088 if (indexReg != tgtReg)
4090 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tgtReg, indexReg, TYP_INT);
4093 genProduceReg(arrOffset);
4096 // make a temporary indir we can feed to pattern matching routines
4097 // in cases where we don't want to instantiate all the indirs that happen
4099 GenTreeIndir CodeGen::indirForm(var_types type, GenTree* base)
4101 GenTreeIndir i(GT_IND, type, base, nullptr);
4102 i.gtRegNum = REG_NA;
4103 // has to be nonnull (because contained nodes can't be the last in block)
4104 // but don't want it to be a valid pointer
4105 i.gtNext = (GenTree*)(-1);
4109 // make a temporary int we can feed to pattern matching routines
4110 // in cases where we don't want to instantiate
4112 GenTreeIntCon CodeGen::intForm(var_types type, ssize_t value)
4114 GenTreeIntCon i(type, value);
4115 i.gtRegNum = REG_NA;
4116 // has to be nonnull (because contained nodes can't be the last in block)
4117 // but don't want it to be a valid pointer
4118 i.gtNext = (GenTree*)(-1);
4122 instruction CodeGen::genGetInsForOper(genTreeOps oper, var_types type)
4126 // Operations on SIMD vectors shouldn't come this path
4127 assert(!varTypeIsSIMD(type));
4128 if (varTypeIsFloating(type))
4130 return ins_MathOp(oper, type);
4174 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
4193 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
4201 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4202 // genCodeForShift: Generates the code sequence for a GenTree node that
4203 // represents a bit shift or rotate operation (<<, >>, >>>, rol, ror).
4206 // tree - the bit shift node (that specifies the type of bit shift to perform).
4209 // a) All GenTrees are register allocated.
4210 // b) The shift-by-amount in tree->gtOp.gtOp2 is either a contained constant or
4211 // it's a register-allocated expression. If it is in a register that is
4212 // not RCX, it will be moved to RCX (so RCX better not be in use!).
4214 void CodeGen::genCodeForShift(GenTreePtr tree)
4216 // Only the non-RMW case here.
4217 assert(tree->OperIsShiftOrRotate());
4218 assert(tree->gtOp.gtOp1->isUsedFromReg());
4219 assert(tree->gtRegNum != REG_NA);
4221 genConsumeOperands(tree->AsOp());
4223 var_types targetType = tree->TypeGet();
4224 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(tree->OperGet(), targetType);
4226 GenTreePtr operand = tree->gtGetOp1();
4227 regNumber operandReg = operand->gtRegNum;
4229 GenTreePtr shiftBy = tree->gtGetOp2();
4231 if (shiftBy->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
4233 // First, move the operand to the destination register and
4234 // later on perform the shift in-place.
4235 // (LSRA will try to avoid this situation through preferencing.)
4236 if (tree->gtRegNum != operandReg)
4238 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tree->gtRegNum, operandReg, targetType);
4241 int shiftByValue = (int)shiftBy->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
4242 inst_RV_SH(ins, emitTypeSize(tree), tree->gtRegNum, shiftByValue);
4246 // We must have the number of bits to shift stored in ECX, since we constrained this node to
4247 // sit in ECX. In case this didn't happen, LSRA expects the code generator to move it since it's a single
4248 // register destination requirement.
4249 genCopyRegIfNeeded(shiftBy, REG_RCX);
4251 // The operand to be shifted must not be in ECX
4252 noway_assert(operandReg != REG_RCX);
4254 if (tree->gtRegNum != operandReg)
4256 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tree->gtRegNum, operandReg, targetType);
4258 inst_RV_CL(ins, tree->gtRegNum, targetType);
4261 genProduceReg(tree);
4265 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4266 // genCodeForShiftLong: Generates the code sequence for a GenTree node that
4267 // represents a three operand bit shift or rotate operation (<<Hi, >>Lo).
4270 // tree - the bit shift node (that specifies the type of bit shift to perform).
4273 // a) All GenTrees are register allocated.
4274 // b) The shift-by-amount in tree->gtOp.gtOp2 is a contained constant
4276 void CodeGen::genCodeForShiftLong(GenTreePtr tree)
4278 // Only the non-RMW case here.
4279 genTreeOps oper = tree->OperGet();
4280 assert(oper == GT_LSH_HI || oper == GT_RSH_LO);
4282 GenTree* operand = tree->gtOp.gtOp1;
4283 assert(operand->OperGet() == GT_LONG);
4284 assert(operand->gtOp.gtOp1->isUsedFromReg());
4285 assert(operand->gtOp.gtOp2->isUsedFromReg());
4287 GenTree* operandLo = operand->gtGetOp1();
4288 GenTree* operandHi = operand->gtGetOp2();
4290 regNumber regLo = operandLo->gtRegNum;
4291 regNumber regHi = operandHi->gtRegNum;
4293 genConsumeOperands(tree->AsOp());
4295 var_types targetType = tree->TypeGet();
4296 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(oper, targetType);
4298 GenTreePtr shiftBy = tree->gtGetOp2();
4300 assert(shiftBy->isContainedIntOrIImmed());
4302 unsigned int count = shiftBy->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
4304 regNumber regResult = (oper == GT_LSH_HI) ? regHi : regLo;
4306 if (regResult != tree->gtRegNum)
4308 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tree->gtRegNum, regResult, targetType);
4311 if (oper == GT_LSH_HI)
4313 inst_RV_RV_IV(ins, emitTypeSize(targetType), tree->gtRegNum, regLo, count);
4317 assert(oper == GT_RSH_LO);
4318 inst_RV_RV_IV(ins, emitTypeSize(targetType), tree->gtRegNum, regHi, count);
4321 genProduceReg(tree);
4325 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4326 // genCodeForShiftRMW: Generates the code sequence for a GT_STOREIND GenTree node that
4327 // represents a RMW bit shift or rotate operation (<<, >>, >>>, rol, ror), for example:
4328 // GT_STOREIND( AddressTree, GT_SHL( Ind ( AddressTree ), Operand ) )
4331 // storeIndNode: the GT_STOREIND node.
4333 void CodeGen::genCodeForShiftRMW(GenTreeStoreInd* storeInd)
4335 GenTree* data = storeInd->Data();
4336 GenTree* addr = storeInd->Addr();
4338 assert(data->OperIsShiftOrRotate());
4340 // This function only handles the RMW case.
4341 assert(data->gtOp.gtOp1->isUsedFromMemory());
4342 assert(data->gtOp.gtOp1->isIndir());
4343 assert(Lowering::IndirsAreEquivalent(data->gtOp.gtOp1, storeInd));
4344 assert(data->gtRegNum == REG_NA);
4346 var_types targetType = data->TypeGet();
4347 genTreeOps oper = data->OperGet();
4348 instruction ins = genGetInsForOper(oper, targetType);
4349 emitAttr attr = EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(targetType));
4351 GenTree* shiftBy = data->gtOp.gtOp2;
4352 if (shiftBy->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
4354 int shiftByValue = (int)shiftBy->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
4355 ins = genMapShiftInsToShiftByConstantIns(ins, shiftByValue);
4356 if (shiftByValue == 1)
4358 // There is no source in this case, as the shift by count is embedded in the instruction opcode itself.
4359 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(ins, attr, storeInd);
4363 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(ins, attr, storeInd, shiftBy);
4368 // We must have the number of bits to shift stored in ECX, since we constrained this node to
4369 // sit in ECX. In case this didn't happen, LSRA expects the code generator to move it since it's a single
4370 // register destination requirement.
4371 regNumber shiftReg = shiftBy->gtRegNum;
4372 genCopyRegIfNeeded(shiftBy, REG_RCX);
4374 // The shiftBy operand is implicit, so call the unary version of emitInsRMW.
4375 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(ins, attr, storeInd);
4379 void CodeGen::genRegCopy(GenTree* treeNode)
4381 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_COPY);
4382 GenTree* op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
4384 if (op1->IsMultiRegCall())
4388 GenTreeCopyOrReload* copyTree = treeNode->AsCopyOrReload();
4389 GenTreeCall* call = op1->AsCall();
4390 ReturnTypeDesc* retTypeDesc = call->GetReturnTypeDesc();
4391 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount();
4393 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
4395 var_types type = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(i);
4396 regNumber fromReg = call->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
4397 regNumber toReg = copyTree->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
4399 // A Multi-reg GT_COPY node will have valid reg only for those
4400 // positions that corresponding result reg of call node needs
4402 if (toReg != REG_NA)
4404 assert(toReg != fromReg);
4405 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(type), toReg, fromReg, type);
4411 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
4412 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
4413 assert(targetReg != REG_NA);
4415 // Check whether this node and the node from which we're copying the value have
4416 // different register types. This can happen if (currently iff) we have a SIMD
4417 // vector type that fits in an integer register, in which case it is passed as
4418 // an argument, or returned from a call, in an integer register and must be
4419 // copied if it's in an xmm register.
4421 bool srcFltReg = (varTypeIsFloating(op1) || varTypeIsSIMD(op1));
4422 bool tgtFltReg = (varTypeIsFloating(treeNode) || varTypeIsSIMD(treeNode));
4423 if (srcFltReg != tgtFltReg)
4430 ins = ins_CopyIntToFloat(op1->TypeGet(), treeNode->TypeGet());
4432 intReg = op1->gtRegNum;
4436 ins = ins_CopyFloatToInt(op1->TypeGet(), treeNode->TypeGet());
4438 fpReg = op1->gtRegNum;
4440 inst_RV_RV(ins, fpReg, intReg, targetType);
4444 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, genConsumeReg(op1), targetType);
4449 // The lclVar will never be a def.
4450 // If it is a last use, the lclVar will be killed by genConsumeReg(), as usual, and genProduceReg will
4451 // appropriately set the gcInfo for the copied value.
4452 // If not, there are two cases we need to handle:
4453 // - If this is a TEMPORARY copy (indicated by the GTF_VAR_DEATH flag) the variable
4454 // will remain live in its original register.
4455 // genProduceReg() will appropriately set the gcInfo for the copied value,
4456 // and genConsumeReg will reset it.
4457 // - Otherwise, we need to update register info for the lclVar.
4459 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lcl = op1->AsLclVarCommon();
4460 assert((lcl->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEF) == 0);
4462 if ((lcl->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH) == 0 && (treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_VAR_DEATH) == 0)
4464 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &compiler->lvaTable[lcl->gtLclNum];
4466 // If we didn't just spill it (in genConsumeReg, above), then update the register info
4467 if (varDsc->lvRegNum != REG_STK)
4469 // The old location is dying
4470 genUpdateRegLife(varDsc, /*isBorn*/ false, /*isDying*/ true DEBUGARG(op1));
4472 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(genRegMask(op1->gtRegNum));
4474 genUpdateVarReg(varDsc, treeNode);
4476 // The new location is going live
4477 genUpdateRegLife(varDsc, /*isBorn*/ true, /*isDying*/ false DEBUGARG(treeNode));
4483 genProduceReg(treeNode);
4486 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4487 // genStoreInd: Generate code for a GT_STOREIND node.
4490 // treeNode - The GT_STOREIND node for which to generate code.
4495 void CodeGen::genStoreInd(GenTreePtr node)
4497 assert(node->OperGet() == GT_STOREIND);
4500 // Storing Vector3 of size 12 bytes through indirection
4501 if (node->TypeGet() == TYP_SIMD12)
4503 genStoreIndTypeSIMD12(node);
4506 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
4508 GenTreeStoreInd* storeInd = node->AsStoreInd();
4509 GenTree* data = storeInd->Data();
4510 GenTree* addr = storeInd->Addr();
4511 var_types targetType = storeInd->TypeGet();
4513 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(targetType) || (targetType == data->TypeGet()));
4515 GCInfo::WriteBarrierForm writeBarrierForm = gcInfo.gcIsWriteBarrierCandidate(storeInd, data);
4516 if (writeBarrierForm != GCInfo::WBF_NoBarrier)
4518 // data and addr must be in registers.
4519 // Consume both registers so that any copies of interfering registers are taken care of.
4520 genConsumeOperands(storeInd->AsOp());
4522 if (genEmitOptimizedGCWriteBarrier(writeBarrierForm, addr, data))
4527 // At this point, we should not have any interference.
4528 // That is, 'data' must not be in REG_ARG_0, as that is where 'addr' must go.
4529 noway_assert(data->gtRegNum != REG_ARG_0);
4531 // addr goes in REG_ARG_0
4532 genCopyRegIfNeeded(addr, REG_ARG_0);
4534 // data goes in REG_ARG_1
4535 genCopyRegIfNeeded(data, REG_ARG_1);
4537 genGCWriteBarrier(storeInd, writeBarrierForm);
4541 bool dataIsUnary = false;
4542 bool isRMWMemoryOp = storeInd->IsRMWMemoryOp();
4543 GenTree* rmwSrc = nullptr;
4545 // We must consume the operands in the proper execution order, so that liveness is
4546 // updated appropriately.
4547 genConsumeAddress(addr);
4549 // If storeInd represents a RMW memory op then its data is a non-leaf node marked as contained
4550 // and non-indir operand of data is the source of RMW memory op.
4553 assert(data->isContained() && !data->OperIsLeaf());
4555 GenTreePtr rmwDst = nullptr;
4557 dataIsUnary = (GenTree::OperIsUnary(data->OperGet()) != 0);
4560 if (storeInd->IsRMWDstOp1())
4562 rmwDst = data->gtGetOp1();
4563 rmwSrc = data->gtGetOp2();
4567 assert(storeInd->IsRMWDstOp2());
4568 rmwDst = data->gtGetOp2();
4569 rmwSrc = data->gtGetOp1();
4572 genConsumeRegs(rmwSrc);
4576 // *(p) = oper *(p): Here addr = p, rmwsrc=rmwDst = *(p) i.e. GT_IND(p)
4577 // For unary RMW ops, src and dst of RMW memory op is the same. Lower
4578 // clears operand counts on rmwSrc and we don't need to perform a
4579 // genConsumeReg() on it.
4580 assert(storeInd->IsRMWDstOp1());
4581 rmwSrc = data->gtGetOp1();
4582 rmwDst = data->gtGetOp1();
4583 assert(rmwSrc->isUsedFromMemory());
4586 assert(rmwSrc != nullptr);
4587 assert(rmwDst != nullptr);
4588 assert(Lowering::IndirsAreEquivalent(rmwDst, storeInd));
4592 genConsumeRegs(data);
4599 // generate code for unary RMW memory ops like neg/not
4600 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(genGetInsForOper(data->OperGet(), data->TypeGet()), emitTypeSize(storeInd),
4605 if (data->OperIsShiftOrRotate())
4607 // Generate code for shift RMW memory ops.
4608 // The data address needs to be op1 (it must be [addr] = [addr] <shift> <amount>, not [addr] =
4609 // <amount> <shift> [addr]).
4610 assert(storeInd->IsRMWDstOp1());
4611 assert(rmwSrc == data->gtGetOp2());
4612 genCodeForShiftRMW(storeInd);
4614 else if (data->OperGet() == GT_ADD && (rmwSrc->IsIntegralConst(1) || rmwSrc->IsIntegralConst(-1)))
4616 // Generate "inc/dec [mem]" instead of "add/sub [mem], 1".
4619 // 1) Global morph transforms GT_SUB(x, +/-1) into GT_ADD(x, -/+1).
4620 // 2) TODO-AMD64: Debugger routine NativeWalker::Decode() runs into
4621 // an assert while decoding ModR/M byte of "inc dword ptr [rax]".
4622 // It is not clear whether Decode() can handle all possible
4623 // addr modes with inc/dec. For this reason, inc/dec [mem]
4624 // is not generated while generating debuggable code. Update
4625 // the above if condition once Decode() routine is fixed.
4626 assert(rmwSrc->isContainedIntOrIImmed());
4627 instruction ins = rmwSrc->IsIntegralConst(1) ? INS_inc : INS_dec;
4628 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(ins, emitTypeSize(storeInd), storeInd);
4632 // generate code for remaining binary RMW memory ops like add/sub/and/or/xor
4633 getEmitter()->emitInsRMW(genGetInsForOper(data->OperGet(), data->TypeGet()), emitTypeSize(storeInd),
4640 getEmitter()->emitInsMov(ins_Store(data->TypeGet()), emitTypeSize(storeInd), storeInd);
4645 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
4646 // genEmitOptimizedGCWriteBarrier: Generate write barrier store using the optimized
4647 // helper functions.
4650 // writeBarrierForm - the write barrier form to use
4651 // addr - the address at which to do the store
4652 // data - the data to store
4655 // true if an optimized write barrier form was used, false if not. If this
4656 // function returns false, the caller must emit a "standard" write barrier.
4658 bool CodeGen::genEmitOptimizedGCWriteBarrier(GCInfo::WriteBarrierForm writeBarrierForm, GenTree* addr, GenTree* data)
4660 assert(writeBarrierForm != GCInfo::WBF_NoBarrier);
4662 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) && NOGC_WRITE_BARRIERS
4663 bool useOptimizedWriteBarriers = true;
4666 useOptimizedWriteBarriers =
4667 (writeBarrierForm != GCInfo::WBF_NoBarrier_CheckNotHeapInDebug); // This one is always a call to a C++ method.
4670 if (!useOptimizedWriteBarriers)
4675 const static int regToHelper[2][8] = {
4676 // If the target is known to be in managed memory
4678 CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EAX, CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_ECX, -1, CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EBX, -1,
4679 CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EBP, CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_ESI, CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EDI,
4682 // Don't know if the target is in managed memory
4684 CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EAX, CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_ECX, -1,
4685 CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EBX, -1, CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EBP,
4686 CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_ESI, CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EDI,
4690 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_EAX] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EAX);
4691 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_ECX] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_ECX);
4692 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_EBX] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EBX);
4693 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_ESP] == -1);
4694 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_EBP] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EBP);
4695 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_ESI] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_ESI);
4696 noway_assert(regToHelper[0][REG_EDI] == CORINFO_HELP_ASSIGN_REF_EDI);
4698 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_EAX] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EAX);
4699 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_ECX] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_ECX);
4700 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_EBX] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EBX);
4701 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_ESP] == -1);
4702 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_EBP] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EBP);
4703 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_ESI] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_ESI);
4704 noway_assert(regToHelper[1][REG_EDI] == CORINFO_HELP_CHECKED_ASSIGN_REF_EDI);
4706 regNumber reg = data->gtRegNum;
4707 noway_assert((reg != REG_ESP) && (reg != REG_WRITE_BARRIER));
4709 // Generate the following code:
4711 // call write_barrier_helper_reg
4713 // addr goes in REG_ARG_0
4714 genCopyRegIfNeeded(addr, REG_WRITE_BARRIER);
4716 unsigned tgtAnywhere = 0;
4717 if (writeBarrierForm != GCInfo::WBF_BarrierUnchecked)
4722 // We might want to call a modified version of genGCWriteBarrier() to get the benefit of
4723 // the FEATURE_COUNT_GC_WRITE_BARRIERS code there, but that code doesn't look like it works
4724 // with rationalized RyuJIT IR. So, for now, just emit the helper call directly here.
4726 genEmitHelperCall(regToHelper[tgtAnywhere][reg],
4728 EA_PTRSIZE); // retSize
4731 #else // !defined(_TARGET_X86_) || !NOGC_WRITE_BARRIERS
4733 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_X86_) || !NOGC_WRITE_BARRIERS
4736 // Produce code for a GT_CALL node
4737 void CodeGen::genCallInstruction(GenTreeCall* call)
4739 genAlignStackBeforeCall(call);
4741 gtCallTypes callType = (gtCallTypes)call->gtCallType;
4743 IL_OFFSETX ilOffset = BAD_IL_OFFSET;
4745 // all virtuals should have been expanded into a control expression
4746 assert(!call->IsVirtual() || call->gtControlExpr || call->gtCallAddr);
4748 // Insert a GS check if necessary
4749 if (call->IsTailCallViaHelper())
4751 if (compiler->getNeedsGSSecurityCookie())
4753 #if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
4754 // If either of the conditions below is true, we will need a temporary register in order to perform the GS
4755 // cookie check. When FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS is disabled, we save and restore the temporary register using
4756 // push/pop. When FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS is enabled, however, we need an alternative solution. For now,
4757 // though, the tail prefix is ignored on all platforms that use fixed out args, so we should never hit this
4759 assert(compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieAddr == nullptr);
4760 assert((int)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal == (ssize_t)compiler->gsGlobalSecurityCookieVal);
4762 genEmitGSCookieCheck(true);
4766 // Consume all the arg regs
4767 for (GenTreePtr list = call->gtCallLateArgs; list; list = list->MoveNext())
4769 assert(list->OperIsList());
4771 GenTreePtr argNode = list->Current();
4773 fgArgTabEntryPtr curArgTabEntry = compiler->gtArgEntryByNode(call, argNode->gtSkipReloadOrCopy());
4774 assert(curArgTabEntry);
4776 if (curArgTabEntry->regNum == REG_STK)
4781 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
4782 // Deal with multi register passed struct args.
4783 if (argNode->OperGet() == GT_FIELD_LIST)
4785 GenTreeFieldList* fieldListPtr = argNode->AsFieldList();
4786 unsigned iterationNum = 0;
4787 for (; fieldListPtr != nullptr; fieldListPtr = fieldListPtr->Rest(), iterationNum++)
4789 GenTreePtr putArgRegNode = fieldListPtr->gtOp.gtOp1;
4790 assert(putArgRegNode->gtOper == GT_PUTARG_REG);
4791 regNumber argReg = REG_NA;
4793 if (iterationNum == 0)
4795 argReg = curArgTabEntry->regNum;
4799 assert(iterationNum == 1);
4800 argReg = curArgTabEntry->otherRegNum;
4803 genConsumeReg(putArgRegNode);
4805 // Validate the putArgRegNode has the right type.
4806 assert(putArgRegNode->TypeGet() ==
4807 compiler->GetTypeFromClassificationAndSizes(curArgTabEntry->structDesc
4808 .eightByteClassifications[iterationNum],
4809 curArgTabEntry->structDesc
4810 .eightByteSizes[iterationNum]));
4811 if (putArgRegNode->gtRegNum != argReg)
4813 inst_RV_RV(ins_Move_Extend(putArgRegNode->TypeGet(), putArgRegNode->InReg()), argReg,
4814 putArgRegNode->gtRegNum);
4819 #endif // FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
4821 regNumber argReg = curArgTabEntry->regNum;
4822 genConsumeReg(argNode);
4823 if (argNode->gtRegNum != argReg)
4825 inst_RV_RV(ins_Move_Extend(argNode->TypeGet(), argNode->InReg()), argReg, argNode->gtRegNum);
4830 // In the case of a varargs call,
4831 // the ABI dictates that if we have floating point args,
4832 // we must pass the enregistered arguments in both the
4833 // integer and floating point registers so, let's do that.
4834 if (call->IsVarargs() && varTypeIsFloating(argNode))
4836 regNumber targetReg = compiler->getCallArgIntRegister(argNode->gtRegNum);
4837 instruction ins = ins_CopyFloatToInt(argNode->TypeGet(), TYP_LONG);
4838 inst_RV_RV(ins, argNode->gtRegNum, targetReg);
4840 #endif // FEATURE_VARARG
4843 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING)
4844 // The call will pop its arguments.
4845 // for each putarg_stk:
4846 ssize_t stackArgBytes = 0;
4847 GenTreePtr args = call->gtCallArgs;
4850 GenTreePtr arg = args->gtOp.gtOp1;
4851 if (arg->OperGet() != GT_ARGPLACE && !(arg->gtFlags & GTF_LATE_ARG))
4853 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_)
4854 if ((arg->OperGet() == GT_PUTARG_STK) && (arg->gtGetOp1()->OperGet() == GT_FIELD_LIST))
4856 fgArgTabEntryPtr curArgTabEntry = compiler->gtArgEntryByNode(call, arg);
4857 assert(curArgTabEntry);
4858 stackArgBytes += curArgTabEntry->numSlots * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
4861 #endif // defined(_TARGET_X86_)
4863 #ifdef FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK
4864 if (genActualType(arg->TypeGet()) == TYP_STRUCT)
4866 assert(arg->OperGet() == GT_PUTARG_STK);
4868 GenTreeObj* obj = arg->gtGetOp1()->AsObj();
4869 unsigned argBytes = (unsigned)roundUp(obj->gtBlkSize, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
4871 fgArgTabEntryPtr curArgTabEntry = compiler->gtArgEntryByNode(call, arg);
4872 assert((curArgTabEntry->numSlots * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE) == argBytes);
4874 stackArgBytes += argBytes;
4877 #endif // FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK
4880 stackArgBytes += genTypeSize(genActualType(arg->TypeGet()));
4883 args = args->gtOp.gtOp2;
4885 #endif // defined(_TARGET_X86_) || defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING)
4887 // Insert a null check on "this" pointer if asked.
4888 if (call->NeedsNullCheck())
4890 const regNumber regThis = genGetThisArgReg(call);
4891 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(INS_cmp, EA_4BYTE, regThis, regThis, 0);
4894 // Either gtControlExpr != null or gtCallAddr != null or it is a direct non-virtual call to a user or helper method.
4895 CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE methHnd;
4896 GenTree* target = call->gtControlExpr;
4897 if (callType == CT_INDIRECT)
4899 assert(target == nullptr);
4900 target = call->gtCallAddr;
4905 methHnd = call->gtCallMethHnd;
4908 CORINFO_SIG_INFO* sigInfo = nullptr;
4910 // Pass the call signature information down into the emitter so the emitter can associate
4911 // native call sites with the signatures they were generated from.
4912 if (callType != CT_HELPER)
4914 sigInfo = call->callSig;
4918 // If fast tail call, then we are done. In this case we setup the args (both reg args
4919 // and stack args in incoming arg area) and call target in rax. Epilog sequence would
4920 // generate "jmp rax".
4921 if (call->IsFastTailCall())
4923 // Don't support fast tail calling JIT helpers
4924 assert(callType != CT_HELPER);
4926 // Fast tail calls materialize call target either in gtControlExpr or in gtCallAddr.
4927 assert(target != nullptr);
4929 genConsumeReg(target);
4930 genCopyRegIfNeeded(target, REG_RAX);
4934 // For a pinvoke to unmanged code we emit a label to clear
4935 // the GC pointer state before the callsite.
4936 // We can't utilize the typical lazy killing of GC pointers
4937 // at (or inside) the callsite.
4938 if (call->IsUnmanaged())
4940 genDefineTempLabel(genCreateTempLabel());
4943 // Determine return value size(s).
4944 ReturnTypeDesc* retTypeDesc = call->GetReturnTypeDesc();
4945 emitAttr retSize = EA_PTRSIZE;
4946 emitAttr secondRetSize = EA_UNKNOWN;
4948 if (call->HasMultiRegRetVal())
4950 retSize = emitTypeSize(retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(0));
4951 secondRetSize = emitTypeSize(retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(1));
4955 assert(!varTypeIsStruct(call));
4957 if (call->gtType == TYP_REF || call->gtType == TYP_ARRAY)
4961 else if (call->gtType == TYP_BYREF)
4967 bool fPossibleSyncHelperCall = false;
4968 CorInfoHelpFunc helperNum = CORINFO_HELP_UNDEF;
4970 // We need to propagate the IL offset information to the call instruction, so we can emit
4971 // an IL to native mapping record for the call, to support managed return value debugging.
4972 // We don't want tail call helper calls that were converted from normal calls to get a record,
4973 // so we skip this hash table lookup logic in that case.
4974 if (compiler->opts.compDbgInfo && compiler->genCallSite2ILOffsetMap != nullptr && !call->IsTailCall())
4976 (void)compiler->genCallSite2ILOffsetMap->Lookup(call, &ilOffset);
4979 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_)
4980 bool fCallerPop = call->CallerPop();
4983 if (!call->IsUnmanaged())
4985 CorInfoCallConv callConv = CORINFO_CALLCONV_DEFAULT;
4987 if ((callType != CT_HELPER) && call->callSig)
4989 callConv = call->callSig->callConv;
4992 fCallerPop |= IsCallerPop(callConv);
4994 #endif // UNIX_X86_ABI
4996 // If the callee pops the arguments, we pass a positive value as the argSize, and the emitter will
4997 // adjust its stack level accordingly.
4998 // If the caller needs to explicitly pop its arguments, we must pass a negative value, and then do the
4999 // pop when we're done.
5000 ssize_t argSizeForEmitter = stackArgBytes;
5003 argSizeForEmitter = -stackArgBytes;
5005 #endif // defined(_TARGET_X86_)
5007 #ifdef FEATURE_AVX_SUPPORT
5008 // When it's a PInvoke call and the call type is USER function, we issue VZEROUPPER here
5009 // if the function contains 256bit AVX instructions, this is to avoid AVX-256 to Legacy SSE
5010 // transition penalty, assuming the user function contains legacy SSE instruction.
5011 // To limit code size increase impact: we only issue VZEROUPPER before PInvoke call, not issue
5012 // VZEROUPPER after PInvoke call because transition penalty from legacy SSE to AVX only happens
5013 // when there's preceding 256-bit AVX to legacy SSE transition penalty.
5014 if (call->IsPInvoke() && (call->gtCallType == CT_USER_FUNC) && getEmitter()->Contains256bitAVX())
5016 assert(compiler->getSIMDInstructionSet() == InstructionSet_AVX);
5017 instGen(INS_vzeroupper);
5021 if (target != nullptr)
5024 if (call->IsVirtualStub() && (call->gtCallType == CT_INDIRECT))
5026 // On x86, we need to generate a very specific pattern for indirect VSD calls:
5029 // call dword ptr [eax]
5031 // Where EAX is also used as an argument to the stub dispatch helper. Make
5032 // sure that the call target address is computed into EAX in this case.
5034 assert(REG_VIRTUAL_STUB_PARAM == REG_VIRTUAL_STUB_TARGET);
5036 assert(target->isContainedIndir());
5037 assert(target->OperGet() == GT_IND);
5039 GenTree* addr = target->AsIndir()->Addr();
5040 assert(addr->isUsedFromReg());
5042 genConsumeReg(addr);
5043 genCopyRegIfNeeded(addr, REG_VIRTUAL_STUB_TARGET);
5045 getEmitter()->emitIns_Nop(3);
5048 getEmitter()->emitIns_Call(emitter::EmitCallType(emitter::EC_INDIR_ARD),
5050 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5054 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5055 gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur,
5056 gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur,
5057 gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur,
5058 ilOffset, REG_VIRTUAL_STUB_TARGET, REG_NA, 1, 0);
5063 if (target->isContainedIndir())
5065 if (target->AsIndir()->HasBase() && target->AsIndir()->Base()->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
5067 // Note that if gtControlExpr is an indir of an absolute address, we mark it as
5068 // contained only if it can be encoded as PC-relative offset.
5069 assert(target->AsIndir()->Base()->AsIntConCommon()->FitsInAddrBase(compiler));
5072 genEmitCall(emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN_INDIR,
5074 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5075 (void*) target->AsIndir()->Base()->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue()
5076 X86_ARG(argSizeForEmitter),
5078 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5085 genEmitCall(emitter::EC_INDIR_ARD,
5087 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5089 X86_ARG(argSizeForEmitter),
5091 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5098 // We have already generated code for gtControlExpr evaluating it into a register.
5099 // We just need to emit "call reg" in this case.
5100 assert(genIsValidIntReg(target->gtRegNum));
5103 genEmitCall(emitter::EC_INDIR_R,
5105 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5107 X86_ARG(argSizeForEmitter),
5109 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5111 genConsumeReg(target));
5115 #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER
5116 else if (call->gtEntryPoint.addr != nullptr)
5119 genEmitCall((call->gtEntryPoint.accessType == IAT_VALUE) ? emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN
5120 : emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN_INDIR,
5122 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5123 (void*) call->gtEntryPoint.addr
5124 X86_ARG(argSizeForEmitter),
5126 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5133 // Generate a direct call to a non-virtual user defined or helper method
5134 assert(callType == CT_HELPER || callType == CT_USER_FUNC);
5136 void* addr = nullptr;
5137 if (callType == CT_HELPER)
5139 // Direct call to a helper method.
5140 helperNum = compiler->eeGetHelperNum(methHnd);
5141 noway_assert(helperNum != CORINFO_HELP_UNDEF);
5143 void* pAddr = nullptr;
5144 addr = compiler->compGetHelperFtn(helperNum, (void**)&pAddr);
5146 if (addr == nullptr)
5151 // tracking of region protected by the monitor in synchronized methods
5152 if (compiler->info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_SYNCH)
5154 fPossibleSyncHelperCall = true;
5159 // Direct call to a non-virtual user function.
5160 addr = call->gtDirectCallAddress;
5163 // Non-virtual direct calls to known addresses
5166 genEmitCall(emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN,
5168 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(sigInfo)
5170 X86_ARG(argSizeForEmitter),
5172 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(secondRetSize),
5177 // if it was a pinvoke we may have needed to get the address of a label
5178 if (genPendingCallLabel)
5180 assert(call->IsUnmanaged());
5181 genDefineTempLabel(genPendingCallLabel);
5182 genPendingCallLabel = nullptr;
5186 // All Callee arg registers are trashed and no longer contain any GC pointers.
5187 // TODO-XArch-Bug?: As a matter of fact shouldn't we be killing all of callee trashed regs here?
5188 // For now we will assert that other than arg regs gc ref/byref set doesn't contain any other
5189 // registers from RBM_CALLEE_TRASH.
5190 assert((gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur & (RBM_CALLEE_TRASH & ~RBM_ARG_REGS)) == 0);
5191 assert((gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur & (RBM_CALLEE_TRASH & ~RBM_ARG_REGS)) == 0);
5192 gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur &= ~RBM_ARG_REGS;
5193 gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur &= ~RBM_ARG_REGS;
5195 var_types returnType = call->TypeGet();
5196 if (returnType != TYP_VOID)
5199 if (varTypeIsFloating(returnType))
5201 // Spill the value from the fp stack.
5202 // Then, load it into the target register.
5203 call->gtFlags |= GTF_SPILL;
5204 regSet.rsSpillFPStack(call);
5205 call->gtFlags |= GTF_SPILLED;
5206 call->gtFlags &= ~GTF_SPILL;
5209 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
5211 regNumber returnReg;
5213 if (call->HasMultiRegRetVal())
5215 assert(retTypeDesc != nullptr);
5216 unsigned regCount = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegCount();
5218 // If regs allocated to call node are different from ABI return
5219 // regs in which the call has returned its result, move the result
5220 // to regs allocated to call node.
5221 for (unsigned i = 0; i < regCount; ++i)
5223 var_types regType = retTypeDesc->GetReturnRegType(i);
5224 returnReg = retTypeDesc->GetABIReturnReg(i);
5225 regNumber allocatedReg = call->GetRegNumByIdx(i);
5226 if (returnReg != allocatedReg)
5228 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(regType), allocatedReg, returnReg, regType);
5233 // A Vector3 return value is stored in xmm0 and xmm1.
5234 // RyuJIT assumes that the upper unused bits of xmm1 are cleared but
5235 // the native compiler doesn't guarantee it.
5236 if (returnType == TYP_SIMD12)
5238 returnReg = retTypeDesc->GetABIReturnReg(1);
5239 // Clear the upper 32 bits by two shift instructions.
5240 // retReg = retReg << 96
5241 // retReg = retReg >> 96
5242 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_pslldq, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_SIMD12), returnReg, 12);
5243 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_psrldq, emitActualTypeSize(TYP_SIMD12), returnReg, 12);
5245 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
5250 if (call->IsHelperCall(compiler, CORINFO_HELP_INIT_PINVOKE_FRAME))
5252 // The x86 CORINFO_HELP_INIT_PINVOKE_FRAME helper uses a custom calling convention that returns with
5253 // TCB in REG_PINVOKE_TCB. AMD64/ARM64 use the standard calling convention. fgMorphCall() sets the
5254 // correct argument registers.
5255 returnReg = REG_PINVOKE_TCB;
5258 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
5259 if (varTypeIsFloating(returnType))
5261 returnReg = REG_FLOATRET;
5265 returnReg = REG_INTRET;
5268 if (call->gtRegNum != returnReg)
5270 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(returnType), call->gtRegNum, returnReg, returnType);
5274 genProduceReg(call);
5278 // If there is nothing next, that means the result is thrown away, so this value is not live.
5279 // However, for minopts or debuggable code, we keep it live to support managed return value debugging.
5280 if ((call->gtNext == nullptr) && !compiler->opts.MinOpts() && !compiler->opts.compDbgCode)
5282 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(RBM_INTRET);
5285 #if !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
5286 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5287 // Create a label for tracking of region protected by the monitor in synchronized methods.
5288 // This needs to be here, rather than above where fPossibleSyncHelperCall is set,
5289 // so the GC state vars have been updated before creating the label.
5291 if (fPossibleSyncHelperCall)
5295 case CORINFO_HELP_MON_ENTER:
5296 case CORINFO_HELP_MON_ENTER_STATIC:
5297 noway_assert(compiler->syncStartEmitCookie == NULL);
5298 compiler->syncStartEmitCookie =
5299 getEmitter()->emitAddLabel(gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur, gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur);
5300 noway_assert(compiler->syncStartEmitCookie != NULL);
5302 case CORINFO_HELP_MON_EXIT:
5303 case CORINFO_HELP_MON_EXIT_STATIC:
5304 noway_assert(compiler->syncEndEmitCookie == NULL);
5305 compiler->syncEndEmitCookie =
5306 getEmitter()->emitAddLabel(gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur, gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur);
5307 noway_assert(compiler->syncEndEmitCookie != NULL);
5313 #endif // !FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS
5315 unsigned stackAdjustBias = 0;
5317 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_)
5318 // Is the caller supposed to pop the arguments?
5319 if (fCallerPop && (stackArgBytes != 0))
5321 stackAdjustBias = stackArgBytes;
5324 SubtractStackLevel(stackArgBytes);
5325 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
5327 genRemoveAlignmentAfterCall(call, stackAdjustBias);
5330 // Produce code for a GT_JMP node.
5331 // The arguments of the caller needs to be transferred to the callee before exiting caller.
5332 // The actual jump to callee is generated as part of caller epilog sequence.
5333 // Therefore the codegen of GT_JMP is to ensure that the callee arguments are correctly setup.
5334 void CodeGen::genJmpMethod(GenTreePtr jmp)
5336 assert(jmp->OperGet() == GT_JMP);
5337 assert(compiler->compJmpOpUsed);
5339 // If no arguments, nothing to do
5340 if (compiler->info.compArgsCount == 0)
5345 // Make sure register arguments are in their initial registers
5346 // and stack arguments are put back as well.
5350 // First move any en-registered stack arguments back to the stack.
5351 // At the same time any reg arg not in correct reg is moved back to its stack location.
5353 // We are not strictly required to spill reg args that are not in the desired reg for a jmp call
5354 // But that would require us to deal with circularity while moving values around. Spilling
5355 // to stack makes the implementation simple, which is not a bad trade off given Jmp calls
5356 // are not frequent.
5357 for (varNum = 0; (varNum < compiler->info.compArgsCount); varNum++)
5359 varDsc = compiler->lvaTable + varNum;
5361 if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
5363 noway_assert(varDsc->lvFieldCnt == 1); // We only handle one field here
5365 unsigned fieldVarNum = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
5366 varDsc = compiler->lvaTable + fieldVarNum;
5368 noway_assert(varDsc->lvIsParam);
5370 if (varDsc->lvIsRegArg && (varDsc->lvRegNum != REG_STK))
5372 // Skip reg args which are already in its right register for jmp call.
5373 // If not, we will spill such args to their stack locations.
5375 // If we need to generate a tail call profiler hook, then spill all
5376 // arg regs to free them up for the callback.
5377 if (!compiler->compIsProfilerHookNeeded() && (varDsc->lvRegNum == varDsc->lvArgReg))
5382 else if (varDsc->lvRegNum == REG_STK)
5384 // Skip args which are currently living in stack.
5388 // If we came here it means either a reg argument not in the right register or
5389 // a stack argument currently living in a register. In either case the following
5390 // assert should hold.
5391 assert(varDsc->lvRegNum != REG_STK);
5393 assert(!varDsc->lvIsStructField || (compiler->lvaTable[varDsc->lvParentLcl].lvFieldCnt == 1));
5394 var_types storeType = genActualType(varDsc->lvaArgType()); // We own the memory and can use the full move.
5395 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(storeType), emitTypeSize(storeType), varDsc->lvRegNum, varNum, 0);
5397 // Update lvRegNum life and GC info to indicate lvRegNum is dead and varDsc stack slot is going live.
5398 // Note that we cannot modify varDsc->lvRegNum here because another basic block may not be expecting it.
5399 // Therefore manually update life of varDsc->lvRegNum.
5400 regMaskTP tempMask = varDsc->lvRegMask();
5401 regSet.RemoveMaskVars(tempMask);
5402 gcInfo.gcMarkRegSetNpt(tempMask);
5403 if (compiler->lvaIsGCTracked(varDsc))
5406 if (!VarSetOps::IsMember(compiler, gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, varDsc->lvVarIndex))
5408 JITDUMP("\t\t\t\t\t\t\tVar V%02u becoming live\n", varNum);
5412 JITDUMP("\t\t\t\t\t\t\tVar V%02u continuing live\n", varNum);
5416 VarSetOps::AddElemD(compiler, gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, varDsc->lvVarIndex);
5420 #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED
5421 // At this point all arg regs are free.
5422 // Emit tail call profiler callback.
5423 genProfilingLeaveCallback(CORINFO_HELP_PROF_FCN_TAILCALL);
5426 // Next move any un-enregistered register arguments back to their register.
5427 regMaskTP fixedIntArgMask = RBM_NONE; // tracks the int arg regs occupying fixed args in case of a vararg method.
5428 unsigned firstArgVarNum = BAD_VAR_NUM; // varNum of the first argument in case of a vararg method.
5429 for (varNum = 0; (varNum < compiler->info.compArgsCount); varNum++)
5431 varDsc = compiler->lvaTable + varNum;
5432 if (varDsc->lvPromoted)
5434 noway_assert(varDsc->lvFieldCnt == 1); // We only handle one field here
5436 unsigned fieldVarNum = varDsc->lvFieldLclStart;
5437 varDsc = compiler->lvaTable + fieldVarNum;
5439 noway_assert(varDsc->lvIsParam);
5441 // Skip if arg not passed in a register.
5442 if (!varDsc->lvIsRegArg)
5447 #if defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING)
5448 if (varTypeIsStruct(varDsc))
5450 CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE typeHnd = varDsc->lvVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
5451 assert(typeHnd != nullptr);
5453 SYSTEMV_AMD64_CORINFO_STRUCT_REG_PASSING_DESCRIPTOR structDesc;
5454 compiler->eeGetSystemVAmd64PassStructInRegisterDescriptor(typeHnd, &structDesc);
5455 assert(structDesc.passedInRegisters);
5457 unsigned __int8 offset0 = 0;
5458 unsigned __int8 offset1 = 0;
5459 var_types type0 = TYP_UNKNOWN;
5460 var_types type1 = TYP_UNKNOWN;
5462 // Get the eightbyte data
5463 compiler->GetStructTypeOffset(structDesc, &type0, &type1, &offset0, &offset1);
5465 // Move the values into the right registers.
5468 // Update varDsc->lvArgReg and lvOtherArgReg life and GC Info to indicate varDsc stack slot is dead and
5469 // argReg is going live. Note that we cannot modify varDsc->lvRegNum and lvOtherArgReg here because another
5470 // basic block may not be expecting it. Therefore manually update life of argReg. Note that GT_JMP marks
5471 // the end of the basic block and after which reg life and gc info will be recomputed for the new block in
5472 // genCodeForBBList().
5473 if (type0 != TYP_UNKNOWN)
5475 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(type0), emitTypeSize(type0), varDsc->lvArgReg, varNum, offset0);
5476 regSet.rsMaskVars |= genRegMask(varDsc->lvArgReg);
5477 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(varDsc->lvArgReg, type0);
5480 if (type1 != TYP_UNKNOWN)
5482 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(type1), emitTypeSize(type1), varDsc->lvOtherArgReg, varNum, offset1);
5483 regSet.rsMaskVars |= genRegMask(varDsc->lvOtherArgReg);
5484 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(varDsc->lvOtherArgReg, type1);
5487 if (varDsc->lvTracked)
5489 VarSetOps::RemoveElemD(compiler, gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, varDsc->lvVarIndex);
5493 #endif // !defined(FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING)
5495 // Register argument
5496 noway_assert(isRegParamType(genActualType(varDsc->TypeGet())));
5498 // Is register argument already in the right register?
5499 // If not load it from its stack location.
5500 var_types loadType = varDsc->lvaArgType();
5501 regNumber argReg = varDsc->lvArgReg; // incoming arg register
5503 if (varDsc->lvRegNum != argReg)
5505 assert(genIsValidReg(argReg));
5506 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(ins_Load(loadType), emitTypeSize(loadType), argReg, varNum, 0);
5508 // Update argReg life and GC Info to indicate varDsc stack slot is dead and argReg is going live.
5509 // Note that we cannot modify varDsc->lvRegNum here because another basic block may not be expecting it.
5510 // Therefore manually update life of argReg. Note that GT_JMP marks the end of the basic block
5511 // and after which reg life and gc info will be recomputed for the new block in genCodeForBBList().
5512 regSet.AddMaskVars(genRegMask(argReg));
5513 gcInfo.gcMarkRegPtrVal(argReg, loadType);
5514 if (compiler->lvaIsGCTracked(varDsc))
5517 if (VarSetOps::IsMember(compiler, gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, varDsc->lvVarIndex))
5519 JITDUMP("\t\t\t\t\t\t\tVar V%02u becoming dead\n", varNum);
5523 JITDUMP("\t\t\t\t\t\t\tVar V%02u continuing dead\n", varNum);
5527 VarSetOps::RemoveElemD(compiler, gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur, varDsc->lvVarIndex);
5532 #if FEATURE_VARARG && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
5533 // In case of a jmp call to a vararg method also pass the float/double arg in the corresponding int arg
5534 // register. This is due to the AMD64 ABI which requires floating point values passed to varargs functions to
5535 // be passed in both integer and floating point registers. It doesn't apply to x86, which passes floating point
5536 // values on the stack.
5537 if (compiler->info.compIsVarArgs)
5539 regNumber intArgReg;
5540 var_types loadType = varDsc->lvaArgType();
5541 regNumber argReg = varDsc->lvArgReg; // incoming arg register
5543 if (varTypeIsFloating(loadType))
5545 intArgReg = compiler->getCallArgIntRegister(argReg);
5546 instruction ins = ins_CopyFloatToInt(loadType, TYP_LONG);
5547 inst_RV_RV(ins, argReg, intArgReg, loadType);
5554 fixedIntArgMask |= genRegMask(intArgReg);
5556 if (intArgReg == REG_ARG_0)
5558 assert(firstArgVarNum == BAD_VAR_NUM);
5559 firstArgVarNum = varNum;
5562 #endif // FEATURE_VARARG
5565 #if FEATURE_VARARG && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
5566 // Jmp call to a vararg method - if the method has fewer than 4 fixed arguments,
5567 // load the remaining arg registers (both int and float) from the corresponding
5568 // shadow stack slots. This is for the reason that we don't know the number and type
5569 // of non-fixed params passed by the caller, therefore we have to assume the worst case
5570 // of caller passing float/double args both in int and float arg regs.
5572 // This doesn't apply to x86, which doesn't pass floating point values in floating
5575 // The caller could have passed gc-ref/byref type var args. Since these are var args
5576 // the callee no way of knowing their gc-ness. Therefore, mark the region that loads
5577 // remaining arg registers from shadow stack slots as non-gc interruptible.
5578 if (fixedIntArgMask != RBM_NONE)
5580 assert(compiler->info.compIsVarArgs);
5581 assert(firstArgVarNum != BAD_VAR_NUM);
5583 regMaskTP remainingIntArgMask = RBM_ARG_REGS & ~fixedIntArgMask;
5584 if (remainingIntArgMask != RBM_NONE)
5586 instruction insCopyIntToFloat = ins_CopyIntToFloat(TYP_LONG, TYP_DOUBLE);
5587 getEmitter()->emitDisableGC();
5588 for (int argNum = 0, argOffset = 0; argNum < MAX_REG_ARG; ++argNum)
5590 regNumber argReg = intArgRegs[argNum];
5591 regMaskTP argRegMask = genRegMask(argReg);
5593 if ((remainingIntArgMask & argRegMask) != 0)
5595 remainingIntArgMask &= ~argRegMask;
5596 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_S(INS_mov, EA_8BYTE, argReg, firstArgVarNum, argOffset);
5598 // also load it in corresponding float arg reg
5599 regNumber floatReg = compiler->getCallArgFloatRegister(argReg);
5600 inst_RV_RV(insCopyIntToFloat, floatReg, argReg);
5603 argOffset += REGSIZE_BYTES;
5605 getEmitter()->emitEnableGC();
5608 #endif // FEATURE_VARARG
5611 // produce code for a GT_LEA subnode
5612 void CodeGen::genLeaInstruction(GenTreeAddrMode* lea)
5614 emitAttr size = emitTypeSize(lea);
5615 genConsumeOperands(lea);
5617 if (lea->Base() && lea->Index())
5619 regNumber baseReg = lea->Base()->gtRegNum;
5620 regNumber indexReg = lea->Index()->gtRegNum;
5621 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_ARX(INS_lea, size, lea->gtRegNum, baseReg, indexReg, lea->gtScale, lea->gtOffset);
5623 else if (lea->Base())
5625 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(INS_lea, size, lea->gtRegNum, lea->Base()->gtRegNum, lea->gtOffset);
5627 else if (lea->Index())
5629 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_ARX(INS_lea, size, lea->gtRegNum, REG_NA, lea->Index()->gtRegNum, lea->gtScale,
5636 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5637 // genJumpKindsForTree: Determine the number and kinds of conditional branches
5638 // necessary to implement the given GT_CMP node
5641 // cmpTree - (input) The GenTree node that is used to set the Condition codes
5642 // - The GenTree Relop node that was used to set the Condition codes
5643 // jmpKind[2] - (output) One or two conditional branch instructions
5644 // jmpToTrueLabel[2] - (output) When true we branch to the true case
5645 // When false we create a second label and branch to the false case
5646 // Only GT_EQ for a floating point compares can have a false value.
5649 // Sets the proper values into the array elements of jmpKind[] and jmpToTrueLabel[]
5652 // At least one conditional branch instruction will be returned.
5653 // Typically only one conditional branch is needed
5654 // and the second jmpKind[] value is set to EJ_NONE
5657 // jmpToTrueLabel[i]= true implies branch when the compare operation is true.
5658 // jmpToTrueLabel[i]= false implies branch when the compare operation is false.
5659 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5662 void CodeGen::genJumpKindsForTree(GenTreePtr cmpTree, emitJumpKind jmpKind[2], bool jmpToTrueLabel[2])
5664 // Except for BEQ (= ordered GT_EQ) both jumps are to the true label.
5665 jmpToTrueLabel[0] = true;
5666 jmpToTrueLabel[1] = true;
5668 // For integer comparisons just use genJumpKindForOper
5669 if (!varTypeIsFloating(cmpTree->gtOp.gtOp1->gtEffectiveVal()))
5671 CompareKind compareKind = ((cmpTree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0) ? CK_UNSIGNED : CK_SIGNED;
5672 jmpKind[0] = genJumpKindForOper(cmpTree->gtOper, compareKind);
5673 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5677 assert(cmpTree->OperIsCompare());
5679 // For details on how we arrived at this mapping, see the comment block in genCodeForTreeNode()
5680 // while generating code for compare opererators (e.g. GT_EQ etc).
5681 if ((cmpTree->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) != 0)
5683 // Must branch if we have an NaN, unordered
5684 switch (cmpTree->gtOper)
5689 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5694 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jbe;
5695 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5699 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jpe;
5700 jmpKind[1] = EJ_jne;
5705 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5712 else // ((cmpTree->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) == 0)
5714 // Do not branch if we have an NaN, unordered
5715 switch (cmpTree->gtOper)
5720 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5725 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jae;
5726 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5730 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jne;
5731 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5735 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jpe;
5737 jmpToTrueLabel[0] = false;
5747 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
5748 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
5749 // genJumpKindsForTreeLongHi: Generate the jump types for compare
5750 // operators of the high parts of a compare with long type operands
5751 // on x86 for the case where rel-op result needs to be materialized into a
5755 // cmpTree - The GT_CMP node
5756 // jmpKind - Return array of jump kinds
5757 // jmpToTrueLabel - Return array of if the jump is going to true label
5762 void CodeGen::genJumpKindsForTreeLongHi(GenTreePtr cmpTree, emitJumpKind jmpKind[2])
5764 assert(cmpTree->OperIsCompare());
5765 CompareKind compareKind = ((cmpTree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0) ? CK_UNSIGNED : CK_SIGNED;
5767 switch (cmpTree->gtOper)
5771 if (compareKind == CK_SIGNED)
5785 if (compareKind == CK_SIGNED)
5798 // GT_EQ will not jump to the true label if the hi parts are equal
5799 jmpKind[0] = EJ_NONE;
5800 jmpKind[1] = EJ_jne;
5804 // GT_NE will always jump to the true label if the high parts are not equal
5805 jmpKind[0] = EJ_jne;
5806 jmpKind[1] = EJ_NONE;
5814 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
5815 // genCompareLong: Generate code for comparing two longs on x86 when the result of the compare
5816 // is manifested in a register.
5819 // treeNode - the compare tree
5824 // For long compares, we need to compare the high parts of operands first, then the low parts.
5825 // If the high compare is false, we do not need to compare the low parts. For less than and
5826 // greater than, if the high compare is true, we can assume the entire compare is true. For
5827 // compares that are realized in a register, we will generate:
5829 // Opcode x86 equivalent Comment
5830 // ------ -------------- -------
5831 // GT_EQ cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If any part is not equal, the entire compare
5832 // jne label is false.
5836 // GT_NE cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If any part is not equal, the entire compare
5837 // jne label is true.
5841 // GT_LT; unsigned cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5842 // jne label correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5843 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5846 // GT_LE; unsigned cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5847 // jne label correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5848 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5851 // GT_GT; unsigned cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5852 // jne label correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5853 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5856 // GT_GE; unsigned cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5857 // jne label correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5858 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5861 // For signed long comparisons, we need additional labels, as we need to use signed conditions on the
5862 // "set" instruction:
5864 // GT_LT; signed cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5865 // jne labelHi correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5866 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5867 // setb Unsigned set for lo compare
5869 // labelHi: setl Signed set for high compare
5872 // GT_LE; signed cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5873 // jne labelHi correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5874 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5875 // setbe Unsigend set for lo compare
5877 // labelHi: setle Signed set for hi compare
5880 // GT_GT; signed cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5881 // jne labelHi correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5882 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5883 // seta Unsigned set for lo compare
5885 // labelHi: setg Signed set for high compare
5888 // GT_GE; signed cmp hiOp1,hiOp2 If hiOp1 is not equal to hiOp2, the flags are set
5889 // jne labelHi correctly and we do not need to check lo. Otherwise,
5890 // cmp loOp1,loOp2 we need to compare the lo halves
5891 // setae Unsigned set for lo compare
5893 // labelHi: setge Signed set for hi compare
5896 // TODO-X86-CQ: Check if hi or lo parts of op2 are 0 and change the compare to a test.
5897 void CodeGen::genCompareLong(GenTreePtr treeNode)
5899 assert(treeNode->OperIsCompare());
5901 GenTreeOp* tree = treeNode->AsOp();
5902 GenTreePtr op1 = tree->gtOp1;
5903 GenTreePtr op2 = tree->gtOp2;
5905 assert(varTypeIsLong(op1->TypeGet()));
5906 assert(varTypeIsLong(op2->TypeGet()));
5908 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
5910 genConsumeOperands(tree);
5912 GenTreePtr loOp1 = op1->gtGetOp1();
5913 GenTreePtr hiOp1 = op1->gtGetOp2();
5914 GenTreePtr loOp2 = op2->gtGetOp1();
5915 GenTreePtr hiOp2 = op2->gtGetOp2();
5917 // Create compare for the high parts
5918 instruction ins = INS_cmp;
5919 var_types cmpType = TYP_INT;
5920 emitAttr cmpAttr = emitTypeSize(cmpType);
5922 // Emit the compare instruction
5923 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, cmpAttr, hiOp1, hiOp2);
5925 // If the result is not being materialized in a register, we're done.
5926 if (targetReg == REG_NA)
5931 // Generate the first jump for the high compare
5932 CompareKind compareKind = ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0) ? CK_UNSIGNED : CK_SIGNED;
5934 BasicBlock* labelHi = genCreateTempLabel();
5935 BasicBlock* labelFinal = genCreateTempLabel();
5937 if (compareKind == CK_SIGNED && (tree->gtOper != GT_NE && tree->gtOper != GT_EQ))
5939 // If we are doing a signed comparison, we need to do a signed set if the high compare is true,
5940 // but an unsigned set if we fall through to the low compare. If we have a GT_NE or GT_EQ, we do not
5941 // need to worry about the sign of the comparison, so we can use the simplified case.
5943 // We only have to check for equality for the hi comparison. If they are not equal, then the set will
5944 // do the right thing. If they are equal, we have to check the lo halves.
5945 inst_JMP(EJ_jne, labelHi);
5947 // Emit the comparison. Perform the set for the lo. Jump to labelFinal
5948 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, cmpAttr, loOp1, loOp2);
5950 // The low set must be unsigned
5951 emitJumpKind jumpKindLo = genJumpKindForOper(tree->gtOper, CK_UNSIGNED);
5953 inst_SET(jumpKindLo, targetReg);
5954 inst_JMP(EJ_jmp, labelFinal);
5956 // Define the label for hi jump target here. If we have jumped here, we want to set
5957 // the target register based on the jump kind of the actual compare type.
5959 genDefineTempLabel(labelHi);
5960 inst_SET(genJumpKindForOper(tree->gtOper, compareKind), targetReg);
5962 genDefineTempLabel(labelFinal);
5963 // Set the higher bytes to 0
5964 inst_RV_RV(ins_Move_Extend(TYP_UBYTE, true), targetReg, targetReg, TYP_UBYTE, emitTypeSize(TYP_UBYTE));
5965 genProduceReg(tree);
5969 // If the compare is unsigned, or if the sign doesn't change the set instruction, we can use
5970 // the same set logic for both the hi and lo compare, so we don't need to jump to a high label,
5971 // we can just jump to the set that the lo compare will use.
5973 // We only have to check for equality for the hi comparison. If they are not equal, then the set will
5974 // do the right thing. If they are equal, we have to check the lo halves.
5975 inst_JMP(EJ_jne, labelFinal);
5977 // Emit the comparison
5978 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, cmpAttr, loOp1, loOp2);
5980 // Define the label for hi jump target here. If we have jumped here, we want to set
5981 // the target register based on the jump kind of the lower half (the actual compare
5982 // type). If we have fallen through, then we are doing a normal int compare for the
5985 genDefineTempLabel(labelFinal);
5987 // The low set must be unsigned
5988 emitJumpKind jumpKindLo = genJumpKindForOper(tree->gtOper, CK_UNSIGNED);
5990 inst_SET(jumpKindLo, targetReg);
5991 // Set the higher bytes to 0
5992 inst_RV_RV(ins_Move_Extend(TYP_UBYTE, true), targetReg, targetReg, TYP_UBYTE, emitTypeSize(TYP_UBYTE));
5993 genProduceReg(tree);
5996 #endif //! defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
5998 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
5999 // genCompareFloat: Generate code for comparing two floating point values
6002 // treeNode - the compare tree
6007 // SSE2 instruction ucomis[s|d] is performs unordered comparison and
6008 // updates rFLAGS register as follows.
6009 // Result of compare ZF PF CF
6010 // ----------------- ------------
6011 // Unordered 1 1 1 <-- this result implies one of operands of compare is a NAN.
6016 // From the above table the following equalities follow. As per ECMA spec *.UN opcodes perform
6017 // unordered comparison of floating point values. That is *.UN comparisons result in true when
6018 // one of the operands is a NaN whereas ordered comparisons results in false.
6020 // Opcode Amd64 equivalent Comment
6021 // ------ ----------------- --------
6022 // BLT.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b Jb branches if CF=1, which means either a<b or unordered from the above
6025 // BLT(a,b) ucomis[s|d] b, a Ja branches if CF=0 and ZF=0, which means b>a that in turn implies a<b
6028 // BGT.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] b, a branch if b<a or unordered ==> branch if a>b or unordered
6031 // BGT(a, b) ucomis[s|d] a, b branch if a>b
6034 // BLE.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b jbe branches if CF=1 or ZF=1, which implies a<=b or unordered
6037 // BLE(a,b) ucomis[s|d] b, a jae branches if CF=0, which mean b>=a or a<=b
6040 // BGE.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] b, a branch if b<=a or unordered ==> branch if a>=b or unordered
6043 // BGE(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b branch if a>=b
6046 // BEQ.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b branch if a==b or unordered. There is no BEQ.UN opcode in ECMA spec.
6047 // je This case is given for completeness, in case if JIT generates such
6048 // a gentree internally.
6050 // BEQ(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b From the above table, PF=0 and ZF=1 corresponds to a==b.
6055 // BNE(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b branch if a!=b. There is no BNE opcode in ECMA spec. This case is
6056 // jne given for completeness, in case if JIT generates such a gentree
6059 // BNE.UN(a,b) ucomis[s|d] a, b From the above table, PF=1 or ZF=0 implies unordered or a!=b
6063 // As we can see from the above equalities that the operands of a compare operator need to be
6064 // reveresed in case of BLT/CLT, BGT.UN/CGT.UN, BLE/CLE, BGE.UN/CGE.UN.
6065 void CodeGen::genCompareFloat(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6067 assert(treeNode->OperIsCompare());
6069 GenTreeOp* tree = treeNode->AsOp();
6070 GenTreePtr op1 = tree->gtOp1;
6071 GenTreePtr op2 = tree->gtOp2;
6072 var_types op1Type = op1->TypeGet();
6073 var_types op2Type = op2->TypeGet();
6075 genConsumeOperands(tree);
6077 assert(varTypeIsFloating(op1Type));
6078 assert(op1Type == op2Type);
6080 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
6085 if ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) != 0)
6087 // Unordered comparison case
6088 reverseOps = (tree->gtOper == GT_GT || tree->gtOper == GT_GE);
6092 reverseOps = (tree->gtOper == GT_LT || tree->gtOper == GT_LE);
6097 GenTreePtr tmp = op1;
6102 ins = ins_FloatCompare(op1Type);
6103 cmpAttr = emitTypeSize(op1Type);
6105 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, cmpAttr, op1, op2);
6107 // Are we evaluating this into a register?
6108 if (targetReg != REG_NA)
6110 genSetRegToCond(targetReg, tree);
6111 genProduceReg(tree);
6115 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6116 // genCompareInt: Generate code for comparing ints or, on amd64, longs.
6119 // treeNode - the compare tree
6123 void CodeGen::genCompareInt(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6125 assert(treeNode->OperIsCompare());
6127 GenTreeOp* tree = treeNode->AsOp();
6128 GenTreePtr op1 = tree->gtOp1;
6129 GenTreePtr op2 = tree->gtOp2;
6130 var_types op1Type = op1->TypeGet();
6131 var_types op2Type = op2->TypeGet();
6132 regNumber targetReg = tree->gtRegNum;
6134 // Case of op1 == 0 or op1 != 0:
6135 // Optimize generation of 'test' instruction if op1 sets flags.
6137 // Note that if LSRA has inserted any GT_RELOAD/GT_COPY before
6138 // op1, it will not modify the flags set by codegen of op1.
6139 // Similarly op1 could also be reg-optional at its use and
6140 // it was spilled after producing its result in a register.
6141 // Spill code too will not modify the flags set by op1.
6142 GenTree* realOp1 = op1->gtSkipReloadOrCopy();
6143 if (realOp1->gtSetFlags())
6145 // op1 must set ZF and SF flags
6146 assert(realOp1->gtSetZSFlags());
6148 // Must be (in)equality against zero.
6149 assert(tree->OperIs(GT_EQ, GT_NE));
6150 assert(op2->IsIntegralConst(0));
6151 assert(op2->isContained());
6153 // Just consume the operands
6154 genConsumeOperands(tree);
6156 // No need to generate test instruction since
6159 // Are we evaluating this into a register?
6160 if (targetReg != REG_NA)
6162 genSetRegToCond(targetReg, tree);
6163 genProduceReg(tree);
6170 // If we have GT_JTRUE(GT_EQ/NE(GT_SIMD((in)Equality, v1, v2), true/false)),
6171 // then we don't need to generate code for GT_EQ/GT_NE, since SIMD (in)Equality intrinsic
6172 // would set or clear Zero flag.
6173 if ((targetReg == REG_NA) && tree->OperIs(GT_EQ, GT_NE))
6175 // Is it a SIMD (in)Equality that doesn't need to materialize result into a register?
6176 if ((op1->gtRegNum == REG_NA) && op1->IsSIMDEqualityOrInequality())
6178 // Must be comparing against true or false.
6179 assert(op2->IsIntegralConst(0) || op2->IsIntegralConst(1));
6180 assert(op2->isContainedIntOrIImmed());
6182 // In this case SIMD (in)Equality will set or clear
6183 // Zero flag, based on which GT_JTRUE would generate
6184 // the right conditional jump.
6188 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
6190 genConsumeOperands(tree);
6192 // TODO-CQ: We should be able to support swapping op1 and op2 to generate cmp reg, imm.
6193 // https://github.com/dotnet/coreclr/issues/7270
6194 assert(!op1->isContainedIntOrIImmed()); // We no longer support
6195 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(op2Type));
6199 if (tree->OperIs(GT_TEST_EQ, GT_TEST_NE))
6203 else if (op1->isUsedFromReg() && op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
6205 // We're comparing a register to 0 so we can generate "test reg1, reg1"
6206 // instead of the longer "cmp reg1, 0"
6217 if (op1Type == op2Type)
6221 else if (genTypeSize(op1Type) == genTypeSize(op2Type))
6223 // If the types are different but have the same size then we'll use TYP_INT or TYP_LONG.
6224 // This primarily deals with small type mixes (e.g. byte/ubyte) that need to be widened
6225 // and compared as int. We should not get long type mixes here but handle that as well
6227 type = genTypeSize(op1Type) == 8 ? TYP_LONG : TYP_INT;
6231 // In the types are different simply use TYP_INT. This deals with small type/int type
6232 // mixes (e.g. byte/short ubyte/int) that need to be widened and compared as int.
6233 // Lowering is expected to handle any mixes that involve long types (e.g. int/long).
6237 // The common type cannot be larger than the machine word size
6238 assert(genTypeSize(type) <= genTypeSize(TYP_I_IMPL));
6239 // The common type cannot be smaller than any of the operand types, we're probably mixing int/long
6240 assert(genTypeSize(type) >= max(genTypeSize(op1Type), genTypeSize(op2Type)));
6241 // TYP_UINT and TYP_ULONG should not appear here, only small types can be unsigned
6242 assert(!varTypeIsUnsigned(type) || varTypeIsSmall(type));
6243 // Small unsigned int types (TYP_BOOL can use anything) should use unsigned comparisons
6244 assert(!(varTypeIsSmallInt(type) && varTypeIsUnsigned(type)) || ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0));
6245 // If op1 is smaller then it cannot be in memory, we're probably missing a cast
6246 assert((genTypeSize(op1Type) >= genTypeSize(type)) || !op1->isUsedFromMemory());
6247 // If op2 is smaller then it cannot be in memory, we're probably missing a cast
6248 assert((genTypeSize(op2Type) >= genTypeSize(type)) || !op2->isUsedFromMemory());
6249 // If op2 is a constant then it should fit in the common type
6250 assert(!op2->IsCnsIntOrI() || genTypeCanRepresentValue(type, op2->AsIntCon()->IconValue()));
6252 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(type), op1, op2);
6254 // Are we evaluating this into a register?
6255 if (targetReg != REG_NA)
6257 genSetRegToCond(targetReg, tree);
6258 genProduceReg(tree);
6262 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6263 // genSetRegToCond: Set a register 'dstReg' to the appropriate one or zero value
6264 // corresponding to a binary Relational operator result.
6267 // dstReg - The target register to set to 1 or 0
6268 // tree - The GenTree Relop node that was used to set the Condition codes
6270 // Return Value: none
6273 // A full 64-bit value of either 1 or 0 is setup in the 'dstReg'
6274 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6276 void CodeGen::genSetRegToCond(regNumber dstReg, GenTreePtr tree)
6278 noway_assert((genRegMask(dstReg) & RBM_BYTE_REGS) != 0);
6280 emitJumpKind jumpKind[2];
6281 bool branchToTrueLabel[2];
6282 genJumpKindsForTree(tree, jumpKind, branchToTrueLabel);
6284 if (jumpKind[1] == EJ_NONE)
6286 // Set (lower byte of) reg according to the flags
6287 inst_SET(jumpKind[0], dstReg);
6292 // jmpKind[1] != EJ_NONE implies BEQ and BEN.UN of floating point values.
6293 // These are represented by two conditions.
6294 if (tree->gtOper == GT_EQ)
6296 // This must be an ordered comparison.
6297 assert((tree->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) == 0);
6301 // This must be BNE.UN
6302 assert((tree->gtOper == GT_NE) && ((tree->gtFlags & GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN) != 0));
6306 // Here is the sample code generated in each case:
6307 // BEQ == cmp, jpe <false label>, je <true label>
6308 // That is, to materialize comparison reg needs to be set if PF=0 and ZF=1
6309 // setnp reg // if (PF==0) reg = 1 else reg = 0
6310 // jpe L1 // Jmp if PF==1
6314 // BNE.UN == cmp, jpe <true label>, jne <true label>
6315 // That is, to materialize the comparison reg needs to be set if either PF=1 or ZF=0;
6321 // reverse the jmpkind condition before setting dstReg if it is to false label.
6322 inst_SET(branchToTrueLabel[0] ? jumpKind[0] : emitter::emitReverseJumpKind(jumpKind[0]), dstReg);
6324 BasicBlock* label = genCreateTempLabel();
6325 inst_JMP(jumpKind[0], label);
6327 // second branch is always to true label
6328 assert(branchToTrueLabel[1]);
6329 inst_SET(jumpKind[1], dstReg);
6330 genDefineTempLabel(label);
6333 var_types treeType = tree->TypeGet();
6334 if (treeType == TYP_INT || treeType == TYP_LONG)
6336 // Set the higher bytes to 0
6337 inst_RV_RV(ins_Move_Extend(TYP_UBYTE, true), dstReg, dstReg, TYP_UBYTE, emitTypeSize(TYP_UBYTE));
6341 noway_assert(treeType == TYP_BYTE);
6345 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
6346 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6347 // genLongToIntCast: Generate code for long to int casts on x86.
6350 // cast - The GT_CAST node
6356 // The cast node and its sources (via GT_LONG) must have been assigned registers.
6357 // The destination cannot be a floating point type or a small integer type.
6359 void CodeGen::genLongToIntCast(GenTree* cast)
6361 assert(cast->OperGet() == GT_CAST);
6363 GenTree* src = cast->gtGetOp1();
6364 noway_assert(src->OperGet() == GT_LONG);
6366 genConsumeRegs(src);
6368 var_types srcType = ((cast->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0) ? TYP_ULONG : TYP_LONG;
6369 var_types dstType = cast->CastToType();
6370 regNumber loSrcReg = src->gtGetOp1()->gtRegNum;
6371 regNumber hiSrcReg = src->gtGetOp2()->gtRegNum;
6372 regNumber dstReg = cast->gtRegNum;
6374 assert((dstType == TYP_INT) || (dstType == TYP_UINT));
6375 assert(genIsValidIntReg(loSrcReg));
6376 assert(genIsValidIntReg(hiSrcReg));
6377 assert(genIsValidIntReg(dstReg));
6379 if (cast->gtOverflow())
6382 // Generate an overflow check for [u]long to [u]int casts:
6384 // long -> int - check if the upper 33 bits are all 0 or all 1
6386 // ulong -> int - check if the upper 33 bits are all 0
6388 // long -> uint - check if the upper 32 bits are all 0
6389 // ulong -> uint - check if the upper 32 bits are all 0
6392 if ((srcType == TYP_LONG) && (dstType == TYP_INT))
6394 BasicBlock* allOne = genCreateTempLabel();
6395 BasicBlock* success = genCreateTempLabel();
6397 inst_RV_RV(INS_test, loSrcReg, loSrcReg, TYP_INT, EA_4BYTE);
6398 inst_JMP(EJ_js, allOne);
6400 inst_RV_RV(INS_test, hiSrcReg, hiSrcReg, TYP_INT, EA_4BYTE);
6401 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jne, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6402 inst_JMP(EJ_jmp, success);
6404 genDefineTempLabel(allOne);
6405 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, hiSrcReg, -1, EA_4BYTE);
6406 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jne, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6408 genDefineTempLabel(success);
6412 if ((srcType == TYP_ULONG) && (dstType == TYP_INT))
6414 inst_RV_RV(INS_test, loSrcReg, loSrcReg, TYP_INT, EA_4BYTE);
6415 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_js, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6418 inst_RV_RV(INS_test, hiSrcReg, hiSrcReg, TYP_INT, EA_4BYTE);
6419 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jne, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6423 if (dstReg != loSrcReg)
6425 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, dstReg, loSrcReg, TYP_INT, EA_4BYTE);
6428 genProduceReg(cast);
6432 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6433 // genIntToIntCast: Generate code for an integer cast
6434 // This method handles integer overflow checking casts
6435 // as well as ordinary integer casts.
6438 // treeNode - The GT_CAST node
6444 // The treeNode is not a contained node and must have an assigned register.
6445 // For a signed convert from byte, the source must be in a byte-addressable register.
6446 // Neither the source nor target type can be a floating point type.
6448 // TODO-XArch-CQ: Allow castOp to be a contained node without an assigned register.
6449 // TODO: refactor to use getCastDescription
6451 void CodeGen::genIntToIntCast(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6453 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_CAST);
6455 GenTreePtr castOp = treeNode->gtCast.CastOp();
6456 var_types srcType = genActualType(castOp->TypeGet());
6457 noway_assert(genTypeSize(srcType) >= 4);
6460 if (varTypeIsLong(srcType))
6462 genLongToIntCast(treeNode);
6465 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
6467 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
6468 regNumber sourceReg = castOp->gtRegNum;
6469 var_types dstType = treeNode->CastToType();
6470 bool isUnsignedDst = varTypeIsUnsigned(dstType);
6471 bool isUnsignedSrc = varTypeIsUnsigned(srcType);
6473 // if necessary, force the srcType to unsigned when the GT_UNSIGNED flag is set
6474 if (!isUnsignedSrc && (treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED) != 0)
6476 srcType = genUnsignedType(srcType);
6477 isUnsignedSrc = true;
6480 bool requiresOverflowCheck = false;
6482 assert(genIsValidIntReg(targetReg));
6483 assert(genIsValidIntReg(sourceReg));
6485 instruction ins = INS_invalid;
6486 emitAttr srcSize = EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(srcType));
6487 emitAttr dstSize = EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(dstType));
6489 if (srcSize < dstSize)
6492 // Is this an Overflow checking cast?
6493 // We only need to handle one case, as the other casts can never overflow.
6494 // cast from TYP_INT to TYP_ULONG
6496 if (treeNode->gtOverflow() && (srcType == TYP_INT) && (dstType == TYP_ULONG))
6498 requiresOverflowCheck = true;
6503 noway_assert(srcSize < EA_PTRSIZE);
6505 ins = ins_Move_Extend(srcType, castOp->InReg());
6508 Special case: ins_Move_Extend assumes the destination type is no bigger
6509 than TYP_INT. movsx and movzx can already extend all the way to
6510 64-bit, and a regular 32-bit mov clears the high 32 bits (like the non-existant movzxd),
6511 but for a sign extension from TYP_INT to TYP_LONG, we need to use movsxd opcode.
6513 if (!isUnsignedSrc && !isUnsignedDst)
6516 NYI_X86("Cast to 64 bit for x86/RyuJIT");
6517 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
6519 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
6525 // Narrowing cast, or sign-changing cast
6526 noway_assert(srcSize >= dstSize);
6528 // Is this an Overflow checking cast?
6529 if (treeNode->gtOverflow())
6531 requiresOverflowCheck = true;
6536 ins = ins_Move_Extend(dstType, castOp->InReg());
6540 noway_assert(ins != INS_invalid);
6542 genConsumeReg(castOp);
6544 if (requiresOverflowCheck)
6546 ssize_t typeMin = 0;
6547 ssize_t typeMax = 0;
6548 ssize_t typeMask = 0;
6549 bool needScratchReg = false;
6550 bool signCheckOnly = false;
6552 /* Do we need to compare the value, or just check masks */
6557 typeMask = ssize_t((int)0xFFFFFF80);
6558 typeMin = SCHAR_MIN;
6559 typeMax = SCHAR_MAX;
6563 typeMask = ssize_t((int)0xFFFFFF00L);
6567 typeMask = ssize_t((int)0xFFFF8000);
6573 typeMask = ssize_t((int)0xFFFF0000L);
6577 if (srcType == TYP_UINT)
6579 signCheckOnly = true;
6583 typeMask = 0xFFFFFFFF80000000LL;
6590 if (srcType == TYP_INT)
6592 signCheckOnly = true;
6596 needScratchReg = true;
6601 noway_assert(srcType == TYP_ULONG);
6602 signCheckOnly = true;
6606 noway_assert((srcType == TYP_LONG) || (srcType == TYP_INT));
6607 signCheckOnly = true;
6611 NO_WAY("Unknown type");
6617 // We only need to check for a negative value in sourceReg
6618 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, sourceReg, 0, srcSize);
6619 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jl, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6623 // When we are converting from unsigned or to unsigned, we
6624 // will only have to check for any bits set using 'typeMask'
6625 if (isUnsignedSrc || isUnsignedDst)
6629 regNumber tmpReg = treeNode->GetSingleTempReg();
6630 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, tmpReg, sourceReg, TYP_LONG); // Move the 64-bit value to a writeable temp reg
6631 inst_RV_SH(INS_SHIFT_RIGHT_LOGICAL, srcSize, tmpReg, 32); // Shift right by 32 bits
6632 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jne, SCK_OVERFLOW); // Throw if result shift is non-zero
6636 noway_assert(typeMask != 0);
6637 inst_RV_IV(INS_TEST, sourceReg, typeMask, srcSize);
6638 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jne, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6643 // For a narrowing signed cast
6645 // We must check the value is in a signed range.
6647 // Compare with the MAX
6649 noway_assert((typeMin != 0) && (typeMax != 0));
6651 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, sourceReg, typeMax, srcSize);
6652 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jg, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6654 // Compare with the MIN
6656 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, sourceReg, typeMin, srcSize);
6657 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_jl, SCK_OVERFLOW);
6661 if (targetReg != sourceReg
6662 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
6663 // On amd64, we can hit this path for a same-register
6664 // 4-byte to 8-byte widening conversion, and need to
6665 // emit the instruction to set the high bits correctly.
6666 || (dstSize == EA_8BYTE && srcSize == EA_4BYTE)
6667 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
6669 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, sourceReg, srcType, srcSize);
6671 else // non-overflow checking cast
6673 // We may have code transformations that result in casts where srcType is the same as dstType.
6674 // e.g. Bug 824281, in which a comma is split by the rationalizer, leaving an assignment of a
6675 // long constant to a long lclVar.
6676 if (srcType == dstType)
6680 /* Is the value sitting in a non-byte-addressable register? */
6681 else if (castOp->InReg() && (dstSize == EA_1BYTE) && !isByteReg(sourceReg))
6685 // for unsigned values we can AND, so it need not be a byte register
6690 // Move the value into a byte register
6691 noway_assert(!"Signed byte convert from non-byte-addressable register");
6694 /* Generate "mov targetReg, castOp->gtReg */
6695 if (targetReg != sourceReg)
6697 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, targetReg, sourceReg, srcType, srcSize);
6703 noway_assert(isUnsignedDst);
6705 /* Generate "and reg, MASK */
6706 unsigned fillPattern;
6707 if (dstSize == EA_1BYTE)
6711 else if (dstSize == EA_2BYTE)
6713 fillPattern = 0xffff;
6717 fillPattern = 0xffffffff;
6720 inst_RV_IV(INS_AND, targetReg, fillPattern, EA_4BYTE);
6722 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
6723 else if (ins == INS_movsxd)
6725 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, sourceReg, srcType, srcSize);
6727 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
6728 else if (ins == INS_mov)
6730 if (targetReg != sourceReg
6731 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
6732 // On amd64, 'mov' is the opcode used to zero-extend from
6733 // 4 bytes to 8 bytes.
6734 || (dstSize == EA_8BYTE && srcSize == EA_4BYTE)
6735 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
6738 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, sourceReg, srcType, srcSize);
6743 noway_assert(ins == INS_movsx || ins == INS_movzx);
6744 noway_assert(srcSize >= dstSize);
6746 /* Generate "mov targetReg, castOp->gtReg */
6747 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, sourceReg, srcType, dstSize);
6751 genProduceReg(treeNode);
6754 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6755 // genFloatToFloatCast: Generate code for a cast between float and double
6758 // treeNode - The GT_CAST node
6764 // Cast is a non-overflow conversion.
6765 // The treeNode must have an assigned register.
6766 // The cast is between float and double or vice versa.
6768 void CodeGen::genFloatToFloatCast(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6770 // float <--> double conversions are always non-overflow ones
6771 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_CAST);
6772 assert(!treeNode->gtOverflow());
6774 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
6775 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(targetReg));
6777 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
6779 // If not contained, must be a valid float reg.
6780 if (op1->isUsedFromReg())
6782 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(op1->gtRegNum));
6786 var_types dstType = treeNode->CastToType();
6787 var_types srcType = op1->TypeGet();
6788 assert(varTypeIsFloating(srcType) && varTypeIsFloating(dstType));
6790 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
6791 if (srcType == dstType && (op1->isUsedFromReg() && (targetReg == op1->gtRegNum)))
6793 // source and destinations types are the same and also reside in the same register.
6794 // we just need to consume and produce the reg in this case.
6799 instruction ins = ins_FloatConv(dstType, srcType);
6800 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(dstType), treeNode, op1);
6803 genProduceReg(treeNode);
6806 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6807 // genIntToFloatCast: Generate code to cast an int/long to float/double
6810 // treeNode - The GT_CAST node
6816 // Cast is a non-overflow conversion.
6817 // The treeNode must have an assigned register.
6818 // SrcType= int32/uint32/int64/uint64 and DstType=float/double.
6820 void CodeGen::genIntToFloatCast(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6822 // int type --> float/double conversions are always non-overflow ones
6823 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_CAST);
6824 assert(!treeNode->gtOverflow());
6826 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
6827 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(targetReg));
6829 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
6831 if (op1->isUsedFromReg())
6833 assert(genIsValidIntReg(op1->gtRegNum));
6837 var_types dstType = treeNode->CastToType();
6838 var_types srcType = op1->TypeGet();
6839 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(srcType) && varTypeIsFloating(dstType));
6841 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
6842 // We expect morph to replace long to float/double casts with helper calls
6843 noway_assert(!varTypeIsLong(srcType));
6844 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
6846 // Since xarch emitter doesn't handle reporting gc-info correctly while casting away gc-ness we
6847 // ensure srcType of a cast is non gc-type. Codegen should never see BYREF as source type except
6848 // for GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR and GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR that represent stack addresses and can be considered
6849 // as TYP_I_IMPL. In all other cases where src operand is a gc-type and not known to be on stack,
6850 // Front-end (see fgMorphCast()) ensures this by assigning gc-type local to a non gc-type
6851 // temp and using temp as operand of cast operation.
6852 if (srcType == TYP_BYREF)
6854 noway_assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR_ADDR || op1->OperGet() == GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR);
6855 srcType = TYP_I_IMPL;
6858 // force the srcType to unsigned if GT_UNSIGNED flag is set
6859 if (treeNode->gtFlags & GTF_UNSIGNED)
6861 srcType = genUnsignedType(srcType);
6864 noway_assert(!varTypeIsGC(srcType));
6866 // We should never be seeing srcType whose size is not sizeof(int) nor sizeof(long).
6867 // For conversions from byte/sbyte/int16/uint16 to float/double, we would expect
6868 // either the front-end or lowering phase to have generated two levels of cast.
6869 // The first one is for widening smaller int type to int32 and the second one is
6870 // to the float/double.
6871 emitAttr srcSize = EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(srcType));
6872 noway_assert((srcSize == EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_INT))) || (srcSize == EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_LONG))));
6874 // Also we don't expect to see uint32 -> float/double and uint64 -> float conversions
6875 // here since they should have been lowered apropriately.
6876 noway_assert(srcType != TYP_UINT);
6877 noway_assert((srcType != TYP_ULONG) || (dstType != TYP_FLOAT));
6879 // To convert int to a float/double, cvtsi2ss/sd SSE2 instruction is used
6880 // which does a partial write to lower 4/8 bytes of xmm register keeping the other
6881 // upper bytes unmodified. If "cvtsi2ss/sd xmmReg, r32/r64" occurs inside a loop,
6882 // the partial write could introduce a false dependency and could cause a stall
6883 // if there are further uses of xmmReg. We have such a case occuring with a
6884 // customer reported version of SpectralNorm benchmark, resulting in 2x perf
6885 // regression. To avoid false dependency, we emit "xorps xmmReg, xmmReg" before
6886 // cvtsi2ss/sd instruction.
6888 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
6889 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R(INS_xorps, EA_4BYTE, treeNode->gtRegNum, treeNode->gtRegNum);
6891 // Note that here we need to specify srcType that will determine
6892 // the size of source reg/mem operand and rex.w prefix.
6893 instruction ins = ins_FloatConv(dstType, TYP_INT);
6894 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(srcType), treeNode, op1);
6896 // Handle the case of srcType = TYP_ULONG. SSE2 conversion instruction
6897 // will interpret ULONG value as LONG. Hence we need to adjust the
6898 // result if sign-bit of srcType is set.
6899 if (srcType == TYP_ULONG)
6901 // The instruction sequence below is less accurate than what clang
6902 // and gcc generate. However, we keep the current sequence for backward compatiblity.
6903 // If we change the instructions below, FloatingPointUtils::convertUInt64ToDobule
6904 // should be also updated for consistent conversion result.
6905 assert(dstType == TYP_DOUBLE);
6906 assert(op1->isUsedFromReg());
6908 // Set the flags without modifying op1.
6909 // test op1Reg, op1Reg
6910 inst_RV_RV(INS_test, op1->gtRegNum, op1->gtRegNum, srcType);
6912 // No need to adjust result if op1 >= 0 i.e. positive
6914 BasicBlock* label = genCreateTempLabel();
6915 inst_JMP(EJ_jge, label);
6917 // Adjust the result
6918 // result = result + 0x43f00000 00000000
6919 // addsd resultReg, 0x43f00000 00000000
6920 GenTreePtr* cns = &u8ToDblBitmask;
6921 if (*cns == nullptr)
6924 static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(double) == sizeof(__int64));
6925 *((__int64*)&d) = 0x43f0000000000000LL;
6927 *cns = genMakeConst(&d, dstType, treeNode, true);
6929 inst_RV_TT(INS_addsd, treeNode->gtRegNum, *cns);
6931 genDefineTempLabel(label);
6934 genProduceReg(treeNode);
6937 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
6938 // genFloatToIntCast: Generate code to cast float/double to int/long
6941 // treeNode - The GT_CAST node
6947 // Cast is a non-overflow conversion.
6948 // The treeNode must have an assigned register.
6949 // SrcType=float/double and DstType= int32/uint32/int64/uint64
6951 // TODO-XArch-CQ: (Low-pri) - generate in-line code when DstType = uint64
6953 void CodeGen::genFloatToIntCast(GenTreePtr treeNode)
6955 // we don't expect to see overflow detecting float/double --> int type conversions here
6956 // as they should have been converted into helper calls by front-end.
6957 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_CAST);
6958 assert(!treeNode->gtOverflow());
6960 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
6961 assert(genIsValidIntReg(targetReg));
6963 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
6965 if (op1->isUsedFromReg())
6967 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(op1->gtRegNum));
6971 var_types dstType = treeNode->CastToType();
6972 var_types srcType = op1->TypeGet();
6973 assert(varTypeIsFloating(srcType) && !varTypeIsFloating(dstType));
6975 // We should never be seeing dstType whose size is neither sizeof(TYP_INT) nor sizeof(TYP_LONG).
6976 // For conversions to byte/sbyte/int16/uint16 from float/double, we would expect the
6977 // front-end or lowering phase to have generated two levels of cast. The first one is
6978 // for float or double to int32/uint32 and the second one for narrowing int32/uint32 to
6979 // the required smaller int type.
6980 emitAttr dstSize = EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(dstType));
6981 noway_assert((dstSize == EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_INT))) || (dstSize == EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_LONG))));
6983 // We shouldn't be seeing uint64 here as it should have been converted
6984 // into a helper call by either front-end or lowering phase.
6985 noway_assert(!varTypeIsUnsigned(dstType) || (dstSize != EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_LONG))));
6987 // If the dstType is TYP_UINT, we have 32-bits to encode the
6988 // float number. Any of 33rd or above bits can be the sign bit.
6989 // To acheive it we pretend as if we are converting it to a long.
6990 if (varTypeIsUnsigned(dstType) && (dstSize == EA_ATTR(genTypeSize(TYP_INT))))
6995 // Note that we need to specify dstType here so that it will determine
6996 // the size of destination integer register and also the rex.w prefix.
6997 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
6998 instruction ins = ins_FloatConv(TYP_INT, srcType);
6999 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins, emitTypeSize(dstType), treeNode, op1);
7000 genProduceReg(treeNode);
7003 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
7004 // genCkfinite: Generate code for ckfinite opcode.
7007 // treeNode - The GT_CKFINITE node
7013 // GT_CKFINITE node has reserved an internal register.
7015 // TODO-XArch-CQ - mark the operand as contained if known to be in
7016 // memory (e.g. field or an array element).
7018 void CodeGen::genCkfinite(GenTreePtr treeNode)
7020 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_CKFINITE);
7022 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
7023 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
7024 int expMask = (targetType == TYP_FLOAT) ? 0x7F800000 : 0x7FF00000; // Bit mask to extract exponent.
7025 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
7027 // Extract exponent into a register.
7028 regNumber tmpReg = treeNode->GetSingleTempReg();
7032 #ifdef _TARGET_64BIT_
7034 // Copy the floating-point value to an integer register. If we copied a float to a long, then
7035 // right-shift the value so the high 32 bits of the floating-point value sit in the low 32
7036 // bits of the integer register.
7037 instruction ins = ins_CopyFloatToInt(targetType, (targetType == TYP_FLOAT) ? TYP_INT : TYP_LONG);
7038 inst_RV_RV(ins, op1->gtRegNum, tmpReg, targetType);
7039 if (targetType == TYP_DOUBLE)
7041 // right shift by 32 bits to get to exponent.
7042 inst_RV_SH(INS_shr, EA_8BYTE, tmpReg, 32);
7045 // Mask exponent with all 1's and check if the exponent is all 1's
7046 inst_RV_IV(INS_and, tmpReg, expMask, EA_4BYTE);
7047 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, tmpReg, expMask, EA_4BYTE);
7049 // If exponent is all 1's, throw ArithmeticException
7050 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_je, SCK_ARITH_EXCPN);
7052 // if it is a finite value copy it to targetReg
7053 if (targetReg != op1->gtRegNum)
7055 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, op1->gtRegNum, targetType);
7058 #else // !_TARGET_64BIT_
7060 // If the target type is TYP_DOUBLE, we want to extract the high 32 bits into the register.
7061 // There is no easy way to do this. To not require an extra register, we'll use shuffles
7062 // to move the high 32 bits into the low 32 bits, then then shuffle it back, since we
7063 // need to produce the value into the target register.
7065 // For TYP_DOUBLE, we'll generate (for targetReg != op1->gtRegNum):
7066 // movaps targetReg, op1->gtRegNum
7067 // shufps targetReg, targetReg, 0xB1 // WZYX => ZWXY
7068 // mov_xmm2i tmpReg, targetReg // tmpReg <= Y
7069 // and tmpReg, <mask>
7070 // cmp tmpReg, <mask>
7072 // movaps targetReg, op1->gtRegNum // copy the value again, instead of un-shuffling it
7074 // For TYP_DOUBLE with (targetReg == op1->gtRegNum):
7075 // shufps targetReg, targetReg, 0xB1 // WZYX => ZWXY
7076 // mov_xmm2i tmpReg, targetReg // tmpReg <= Y
7077 // and tmpReg, <mask>
7078 // cmp tmpReg, <mask>
7080 // shufps targetReg, targetReg, 0xB1 // ZWXY => WZYX
7082 // For TYP_FLOAT, it's the same as _TARGET_64BIT_:
7083 // mov_xmm2i tmpReg, targetReg // tmpReg <= low 32 bits
7084 // and tmpReg, <mask>
7085 // cmp tmpReg, <mask>
7087 // movaps targetReg, op1->gtRegNum // only if targetReg != op1->gtRegNum
7089 regNumber copyToTmpSrcReg; // The register we'll copy to the integer temp.
7091 if (targetType == TYP_DOUBLE)
7093 if (targetReg != op1->gtRegNum)
7095 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, op1->gtRegNum, targetType);
7097 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufps, EA_16BYTE, targetReg, targetReg, 0xb1);
7098 copyToTmpSrcReg = targetReg;
7102 copyToTmpSrcReg = op1->gtRegNum;
7105 // Copy only the low 32 bits. This will be the high order 32 bits of the floating-point
7106 // value, no matter the floating-point type.
7107 inst_RV_RV(ins_CopyFloatToInt(TYP_FLOAT, TYP_INT), copyToTmpSrcReg, tmpReg, TYP_FLOAT);
7109 // Mask exponent with all 1's and check if the exponent is all 1's
7110 inst_RV_IV(INS_and, tmpReg, expMask, EA_4BYTE);
7111 inst_RV_IV(INS_cmp, tmpReg, expMask, EA_4BYTE);
7113 // If exponent is all 1's, throw ArithmeticException
7114 genJumpToThrowHlpBlk(EJ_je, SCK_ARITH_EXCPN);
7116 if (targetReg != op1->gtRegNum)
7118 // In both the TYP_FLOAT and TYP_DOUBLE case, the op1 register is untouched,
7119 // so copy it to the targetReg. This is faster and smaller for TYP_DOUBLE
7120 // than re-shuffling the targetReg.
7121 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, op1->gtRegNum, targetType);
7123 else if (targetType == TYP_DOUBLE)
7125 // We need to re-shuffle the targetReg to get the correct result.
7126 inst_RV_RV_IV(INS_shufps, EA_16BYTE, targetReg, targetReg, 0xb1);
7129 #endif // !_TARGET_64BIT_
7131 genProduceReg(treeNode);
7134 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
7135 int CodeGenInterface::genSPtoFPdelta()
7139 #ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
7141 // We require frame chaining on Unix to support native tool unwinding (such as
7142 // unwinding by the native debugger). We have a CLR-only extension to the
7143 // unwind codes (UWOP_SET_FPREG_LARGE) to support SP->FP offsets larger than 240.
7144 // If Unix ever supports EnC, the RSP == RBP assumption will have to be reevaluated.
7145 delta = genTotalFrameSize();
7147 #else // !UNIX_AMD64_ABI
7149 // As per Amd64 ABI, RBP offset from initial RSP can be between 0 and 240 if
7150 // RBP needs to be reported in unwind codes. This case would arise for methods
7152 if (compiler->compLocallocUsed)
7154 // We cannot base delta computation on compLclFrameSize since it changes from
7155 // tentative to final frame layout and hence there is a possibility of
7156 // under-estimating offset of vars from FP, which in turn results in under-
7157 // estimating instruction size.
7159 // To be predictive and so as never to under-estimate offset of vars from FP
7160 // we will always position FP at min(240, outgoing arg area size).
7161 delta = Min(240, (int)compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceSize);
7163 else if (compiler->opts.compDbgEnC)
7165 // vm assumption on EnC methods is that rsp and rbp are equal
7170 delta = genTotalFrameSize();
7173 #endif // !UNIX_AMD64_ABI
7178 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7179 // genTotalFrameSize - return the total size of the stack frame, including local size,
7180 // callee-saved register size, etc. For AMD64, this does not include the caller-pushed
7187 int CodeGenInterface::genTotalFrameSize()
7189 assert(!IsUninitialized(compiler->compCalleeRegsPushed));
7191 int totalFrameSize = compiler->compCalleeRegsPushed * REGSIZE_BYTES + compiler->compLclFrameSize;
7193 assert(totalFrameSize >= 0);
7194 return totalFrameSize;
7197 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7198 // genCallerSPtoFPdelta - return the offset from Caller-SP to the frame pointer.
7199 // This number is going to be negative, since the Caller-SP is at a higher
7200 // address than the frame pointer.
7202 // There must be a frame pointer to call this function!
7204 // We can't compute this directly from the Caller-SP, since the frame pointer
7205 // is based on a maximum delta from Initial-SP, so first we find SP, then
7206 // compute the FP offset.
7208 int CodeGenInterface::genCallerSPtoFPdelta()
7210 assert(isFramePointerUsed());
7211 int callerSPtoFPdelta;
7213 callerSPtoFPdelta = genCallerSPtoInitialSPdelta() + genSPtoFPdelta();
7215 assert(callerSPtoFPdelta <= 0);
7216 return callerSPtoFPdelta;
7219 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7220 // genCallerSPtoInitialSPdelta - return the offset from Caller-SP to Initial SP.
7222 // This number will be negative.
7224 int CodeGenInterface::genCallerSPtoInitialSPdelta()
7226 int callerSPtoSPdelta = 0;
7228 callerSPtoSPdelta -= genTotalFrameSize();
7229 callerSPtoSPdelta -= REGSIZE_BYTES; // caller-pushed return address
7231 // compCalleeRegsPushed does not account for the frame pointer
7232 // TODO-Cleanup: shouldn't this be part of genTotalFrameSize?
7233 if (isFramePointerUsed())
7235 callerSPtoSPdelta -= REGSIZE_BYTES;
7238 assert(callerSPtoSPdelta <= 0);
7239 return callerSPtoSPdelta;
7241 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
7243 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7244 // genSSE2BitwiseOp - generate SSE2 code for the given oper as "Operand BitWiseOp BitMask"
7247 // treeNode - tree node
7253 // i) tree oper is one of GT_NEG or GT_INTRINSIC Abs()
7254 // ii) tree type is floating point type.
7255 // iii) caller of this routine needs to call genProduceReg()
7256 void CodeGen::genSSE2BitwiseOp(GenTreePtr treeNode)
7258 regNumber targetReg = treeNode->gtRegNum;
7259 var_types targetType = treeNode->TypeGet();
7260 assert(varTypeIsFloating(targetType));
7264 GenTreePtr* bitMask = nullptr;
7265 instruction ins = INS_invalid;
7266 void* cnsAddr = nullptr;
7267 bool dblAlign = false;
7269 switch (treeNode->OperGet())
7272 // Neg(x) = flip the sign bit.
7273 // Neg(f) = f ^ 0x80000000
7274 // Neg(d) = d ^ 0x8000000000000000
7275 ins = genGetInsForOper(GT_XOR, targetType);
7276 if (targetType == TYP_FLOAT)
7278 bitMask = &negBitmaskFlt;
7280 static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(float) == sizeof(int));
7281 *((int*)&f) = 0x80000000;
7286 bitMask = &negBitmaskDbl;
7288 static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(double) == sizeof(__int64));
7289 *((__int64*)&d) = 0x8000000000000000LL;
7296 assert(treeNode->gtIntrinsic.gtIntrinsicId == CORINFO_INTRINSIC_Abs);
7298 // Abs(x) = set sign-bit to zero
7299 // Abs(f) = f & 0x7fffffff
7300 // Abs(d) = d & 0x7fffffffffffffff
7301 ins = genGetInsForOper(GT_AND, targetType);
7302 if (targetType == TYP_FLOAT)
7304 bitMask = &absBitmaskFlt;
7306 static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(float) == sizeof(int));
7307 *((int*)&f) = 0x7fffffff;
7312 bitMask = &absBitmaskDbl;
7314 static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(double) == sizeof(__int64));
7315 *((__int64*)&d) = 0x7fffffffffffffffLL;
7322 assert(!"genSSE2: unsupported oper");
7327 if (*bitMask == nullptr)
7329 assert(cnsAddr != nullptr);
7330 *bitMask = genMakeConst(cnsAddr, targetType, treeNode, dblAlign);
7333 // We need an additional register for bitmask.
7334 regNumber tmpReg = treeNode->GetSingleTempReg();
7336 // Move operand into targetReg only if the reg reserved for
7337 // internal purpose is not the same as targetReg.
7338 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
7339 assert(op1->isUsedFromReg());
7340 regNumber operandReg = genConsumeReg(op1);
7341 if (tmpReg != targetReg)
7343 if (operandReg != targetReg)
7345 inst_RV_RV(ins_Copy(targetType), targetReg, operandReg, targetType);
7348 operandReg = tmpReg;
7351 inst_RV_TT(ins_Load(targetType, false), tmpReg, *bitMask);
7352 assert(ins != INS_invalid);
7353 inst_RV_RV(ins, targetReg, operandReg, targetType);
7356 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7357 // genIntrinsic - generate code for a given intrinsic
7360 // treeNode - the GT_INTRINSIC node
7365 void CodeGen::genIntrinsic(GenTreePtr treeNode)
7367 // Right now only Sqrt/Abs are treated as math intrinsics.
7368 switch (treeNode->gtIntrinsic.gtIntrinsicId)
7370 case CORINFO_INTRINSIC_Sqrt:
7372 // Both operand and its result must be of the same floating point type.
7373 GenTreePtr srcNode = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
7374 assert(varTypeIsFloating(srcNode));
7375 assert(srcNode->TypeGet() == treeNode->TypeGet());
7377 genConsumeOperands(treeNode->AsOp());
7378 getEmitter()->emitInsBinary(ins_FloatSqrt(treeNode->TypeGet()), emitTypeSize(treeNode), treeNode, srcNode);
7382 case CORINFO_INTRINSIC_Abs:
7383 genSSE2BitwiseOp(treeNode);
7387 assert(!"genIntrinsic: Unsupported intrinsic");
7391 genProduceReg(treeNode);
7394 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------- //
7395 // getBaseVarForPutArgStk - returns the baseVarNum for passing a stack arg.
7398 // treeNode - the GT_PUTARG_STK node
7401 // The number of the base variable.
7404 // If tail call the outgoing args are placed in the caller's incoming arg stack space.
7405 // Otherwise, they go in the outgoing arg area on the current frame.
7407 // On Windows the caller always creates slots (homing space) in its frame for the
7408 // first 4 arguments of a callee (register passed args). So, the baseVarNum is always 0.
7409 // For System V systems there is no such calling convention requirement, and the code needs to find
7410 // the first stack passed argument from the caller. This is done by iterating over
7411 // all the lvParam variables and finding the first with lvArgReg equals to REG_STK.
7413 unsigned CodeGen::getBaseVarForPutArgStk(GenTreePtr treeNode)
7415 assert(treeNode->OperGet() == GT_PUTARG_STK);
7417 unsigned baseVarNum;
7419 // Whether to setup stk arg in incoming or out-going arg area?
7420 // Fast tail calls implemented as epilog+jmp = stk arg is setup in incoming arg area.
7421 // All other calls - stk arg is setup in out-going arg area.
7422 if (treeNode->AsPutArgStk()->putInIncomingArgArea())
7424 // See the note in the function header re: finding the first stack passed argument.
7425 baseVarNum = getFirstArgWithStackSlot();
7426 assert(baseVarNum != BAD_VAR_NUM);
7429 // This must be a fast tail call.
7430 assert(treeNode->AsPutArgStk()->gtCall->AsCall()->IsFastTailCall());
7432 // Since it is a fast tail call, the existence of first incoming arg is guaranteed
7433 // because fast tail call requires that in-coming arg area of caller is >= out-going
7434 // arg area required for tail call.
7435 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[baseVarNum]);
7436 assert(varDsc != nullptr);
7438 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
7439 assert(!varDsc->lvIsRegArg && varDsc->lvArgReg == REG_STK);
7440 #else // !FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
7441 // On Windows this assert is always true. The first argument will always be in REG_ARG_0 or REG_FLTARG_0.
7442 assert(varDsc->lvIsRegArg && (varDsc->lvArgReg == REG_ARG_0 || varDsc->lvArgReg == REG_FLTARG_0));
7443 #endif // !FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
7448 #if FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
7449 baseVarNum = compiler->lvaOutgoingArgSpaceVar;
7450 #else // !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
7451 assert(!"No BaseVarForPutArgStk on x86");
7452 baseVarNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
7453 #endif // !FEATURE_FIXED_OUT_ARGS
7459 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7460 // genAlignStackBeforeCall: Align the stack if necessary before a call.
7463 // putArgStk - the putArgStk node.
7465 void CodeGen::genAlignStackBeforeCall(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgStk)
7467 #if defined(UNIX_X86_ABI)
7469 genAlignStackBeforeCall(putArgStk->gtCall);
7471 #endif // UNIX_X86_ABI
7474 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7475 // genAlignStackBeforeCall: Align the stack if necessary before a call.
7478 // call - the call node.
7480 void CodeGen::genAlignStackBeforeCall(GenTreeCall* call)
7482 #if defined(UNIX_X86_ABI)
7484 // Have we aligned the stack yet?
7485 if (!call->fgArgInfo->IsStkAlignmentDone())
7487 // We haven't done any stack alignment yet for this call. We might need to create
7488 // an alignment adjustment, even if this function itself doesn't have any stack args.
7489 // This can happen if this function call is part of a nested call sequence, and the outer
7490 // call has already pushed some arguments.
7492 unsigned stkLevel = genStackLevel + call->fgArgInfo->GetStkSizeBytes();
7493 call->fgArgInfo->ComputeStackAlignment(stkLevel);
7495 unsigned padStkAlign = call->fgArgInfo->GetStkAlign();
7496 if (padStkAlign != 0)
7498 // Now generate the alignment
7499 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, padStkAlign, EA_PTRSIZE);
7500 AddStackLevel(padStkAlign);
7501 AddNestedAlignment(padStkAlign);
7504 call->fgArgInfo->SetStkAlignmentDone();
7507 #endif // UNIX_X86_ABI
7510 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7511 // genRemoveAlignmentAfterCall: After a call, remove the alignment
7512 // added before the call, if any.
7515 // call - the call node.
7516 // bias - additional stack adjustment
7519 // When bias > 0, caller should adjust stack level appropriately as
7520 // bias is not considered when adjusting stack level.
7522 void CodeGen::genRemoveAlignmentAfterCall(GenTreeCall* call, unsigned bias)
7524 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_)
7525 #if defined(UNIX_X86_ABI)
7526 // Put back the stack pointer if there was any padding for stack alignment
7527 unsigned padStkAlign = call->fgArgInfo->GetStkAlign();
7528 unsigned padStkAdjust = padStkAlign + bias;
7530 if (padStkAdjust != 0)
7532 inst_RV_IV(INS_add, REG_SPBASE, padStkAdjust, EA_PTRSIZE);
7533 SubtractStackLevel(padStkAlign);
7534 SubtractNestedAlignment(padStkAlign);
7536 #else // UNIX_X86_ABI
7541 #endif // !UNIX_X86_ABI_
7542 #else // _TARGET_X86_
7544 #endif // !_TARGET_X86
7549 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7550 // genAdjustStackForPutArgStk:
7551 // adjust the stack pointer for a putArgStk node if necessary.
7554 // putArgStk - the putArgStk node.
7556 // Returns: true if the stack pointer was adjusted; false otherwise.
7559 // Sets `m_pushStkArg` to true if the stack arg needs to be pushed,
7560 // false if the stack arg needs to be stored at the current stack
7561 // pointer address. This is exactly the opposite of the return value
7562 // of this function.
7564 bool CodeGen::genAdjustStackForPutArgStk(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgStk)
7567 if (varTypeIsSIMD(putArgStk))
7569 const unsigned argSize = genTypeSize(putArgStk);
7570 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, argSize, EA_PTRSIZE);
7571 AddStackLevel(argSize);
7572 m_pushStkArg = false;
7575 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
7577 const unsigned argSize = putArgStk->getArgSize();
7579 // If the gtPutArgStkKind is one of the push types, we do not pre-adjust the stack.
7580 // This is set in Lowering, and is true if and only if:
7581 // - This argument contains any GC pointers OR
7582 // - It is a GT_FIELD_LIST OR
7583 // - It is less than 16 bytes in size.
7584 CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;
7587 switch (putArgStk->gtPutArgStkKind)
7589 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::RepInstr:
7590 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::Unroll:
7591 assert((putArgStk->gtNumberReferenceSlots == 0) && (putArgStk->gtGetOp1()->OperGet() != GT_FIELD_LIST) &&
7594 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::Push:
7595 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::PushAllSlots:
7596 assert((putArgStk->gtNumberReferenceSlots != 0) || (putArgStk->gtGetOp1()->OperGet() == GT_FIELD_LIST) ||
7599 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::Invalid:
7601 assert(!"Uninitialized GenTreePutArgStk::Kind");
7606 if (putArgStk->isPushKind())
7608 m_pushStkArg = true;
7613 m_pushStkArg = false;
7614 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, argSize, EA_PTRSIZE);
7615 AddStackLevel(argSize);
7620 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7621 // genPutArgStkFieldList - generate code for passing a GT_FIELD_LIST arg on the stack.
7624 // treeNode - the GT_PUTARG_STK node whose op1 is a GT_FIELD_LIST
7629 void CodeGen::genPutArgStkFieldList(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgStk)
7631 GenTreeFieldList* const fieldList = putArgStk->gtOp1->AsFieldList();
7632 assert(fieldList != nullptr);
7634 // Set m_pushStkArg and pre-adjust the stack if necessary.
7635 const bool preAdjustedStack = genAdjustStackForPutArgStk(putArgStk);
7637 // For now, we only support the "push" case; we will push a full slot for the first field of each slot
7638 // within the struct.
7639 assert((putArgStk->isPushKind()) && !preAdjustedStack && m_pushStkArg);
7641 // If we have pre-adjusted the stack and are simply storing the fields in order, set the offset to 0.
7642 // (Note that this mode is not currently being used.)
7643 // If we are pushing the arguments (i.e. we have not pre-adjusted the stack), then we are pushing them
7644 // in reverse order, so we start with the current field offset at the size of the struct arg (which must be
7645 // a multiple of the target pointer size).
7646 unsigned currentOffset = (preAdjustedStack) ? 0 : putArgStk->getArgSize();
7647 unsigned prevFieldOffset = currentOffset;
7648 regNumber intTmpReg = REG_NA;
7649 regNumber simdTmpReg = REG_NA;
7650 if (putArgStk->AvailableTempRegCount() != 0)
7652 regMaskTP rsvdRegs = putArgStk->gtRsvdRegs;
7653 if ((rsvdRegs & RBM_ALLINT) != 0)
7655 intTmpReg = putArgStk->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLINT);
7656 assert(genIsValidIntReg(intTmpReg));
7658 if ((rsvdRegs & RBM_ALLFLOAT) != 0)
7660 simdTmpReg = putArgStk->GetSingleTempReg(RBM_ALLFLOAT);
7661 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(simdTmpReg));
7663 assert(genCountBits(rsvdRegs) == (unsigned)((intTmpReg == REG_NA) ? 0 : 1) + ((simdTmpReg == REG_NA) ? 0 : 1));
7666 for (GenTreeFieldList* current = fieldList; current != nullptr; current = current->Rest())
7668 GenTree* const fieldNode = current->Current();
7669 const unsigned fieldOffset = current->gtFieldOffset;
7670 var_types fieldType = current->gtFieldType;
7672 // Long-typed nodes should have been handled by the decomposition pass, and lowering should have sorted the
7673 // field list in descending order by offset.
7674 assert(!varTypeIsLong(fieldType));
7675 assert(fieldOffset <= prevFieldOffset);
7677 // Consume the register, if any, for this field. Note that genConsumeRegs() will appropriately
7678 // update the liveness info for a lclVar that has been marked RegOptional, which hasn't been
7679 // assigned a register, and which is therefore contained.
7680 // Unlike genConsumeReg(), it handles the case where no registers are being consumed.
7681 genConsumeRegs(fieldNode);
7682 regNumber argReg = fieldNode->isUsedFromSpillTemp() ? REG_NA : fieldNode->gtRegNum;
7684 // If the field is slot-like, we can use a push instruction to store the entire register no matter the type.
7686 // The GC encoder requires that the stack remain 4-byte aligned at all times. Round the adjustment up
7687 // to the next multiple of 4. If we are going to generate a `push` instruction, the adjustment must
7688 // not require rounding.
7689 // NOTE: if the field is of GC type, we must use a push instruction, since the emitter is not otherwise
7690 // able to detect stores into the outgoing argument area of the stack on x86.
7691 const bool fieldIsSlot = ((fieldOffset % 4) == 0) && ((prevFieldOffset - fieldOffset) >= 4);
7692 int adjustment = roundUp(currentOffset - fieldOffset, 4);
7693 if (fieldIsSlot && !varTypeIsSIMD(fieldType))
7695 fieldType = genActualType(fieldType);
7696 unsigned pushSize = genTypeSize(fieldType);
7697 assert((pushSize % 4) == 0);
7698 adjustment -= pushSize;
7699 while (adjustment != 0)
7701 inst_IV(INS_push, 0);
7702 currentOffset -= pushSize;
7703 AddStackLevel(pushSize);
7704 adjustment -= pushSize;
7706 m_pushStkArg = true;
7710 m_pushStkArg = false;
7712 // We always "push" floating point fields (i.e. they are full slot values that don't
7713 // require special handling).
7714 assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(fieldNode) || varTypeIsSIMD(fieldNode));
7716 // If we can't push this field, it needs to be in a register so that we can store
7717 // it to the stack location.
7718 if (adjustment != 0)
7720 // This moves the stack pointer to fieldOffset.
7721 // For this case, we must adjust the stack and generate stack-relative stores rather than pushes.
7722 // Adjust the stack pointer to the next slot boundary.
7723 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, adjustment, EA_PTRSIZE);
7724 currentOffset -= adjustment;
7725 AddStackLevel(adjustment);
7728 // Does it need to be in a byte register?
7729 // If so, we'll use intTmpReg, which must have been allocated as a byte register.
7730 // If it's already in a register, but not a byteable one, then move it.
7731 if (varTypeIsByte(fieldType) && ((argReg == REG_NA) || ((genRegMask(argReg) & RBM_BYTE_REGS) == 0)))
7733 assert(intTmpReg != REG_NA);
7734 noway_assert((genRegMask(intTmpReg) & RBM_BYTE_REGS) != 0);
7735 if (argReg != REG_NA)
7737 inst_RV_RV(INS_mov, intTmpReg, argReg, fieldType);
7743 if (argReg == REG_NA)
7747 if (fieldNode->isUsedFromSpillTemp())
7749 assert(!varTypeIsSIMD(fieldType)); // Q: can we get here with SIMD?
7750 assert(fieldNode->IsRegOptional());
7751 TempDsc* tmp = getSpillTempDsc(fieldNode);
7752 getEmitter()->emitIns_S(INS_push, emitActualTypeSize(fieldNode->TypeGet()), tmp->tdTempNum(), 0);
7753 compiler->tmpRlsTemp(tmp);
7757 assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(fieldNode));
7758 switch (fieldNode->OperGet())
7761 inst_TT(INS_push, fieldNode, 0, 0, emitActualTypeSize(fieldNode->TypeGet()));
7764 if (fieldNode->IsIconHandle())
7766 inst_IV_handle(INS_push, fieldNode->gtIntCon.gtIconVal);
7770 inst_IV(INS_push, fieldNode->gtIntCon.gtIconVal);
7777 currentOffset -= TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
7778 AddStackLevel(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
7782 // The stack has been adjusted and we will load the field to intTmpReg and then store it on the stack.
7783 assert(varTypeIsIntegralOrI(fieldNode));
7784 switch (fieldNode->OperGet())
7787 inst_RV_TT(INS_mov, intTmpReg, fieldNode);
7790 genSetRegToConst(intTmpReg, fieldNode->TypeGet(), fieldNode);
7795 genStoreRegToStackArg(fieldType, intTmpReg, fieldOffset - currentOffset);
7800 #if defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
7801 if (fieldType == TYP_SIMD12)
7803 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(simdTmpReg));
7804 genStoreSIMD12ToStack(argReg, simdTmpReg);
7807 #endif // defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
7809 genStoreRegToStackArg(fieldType, argReg, fieldOffset - currentOffset);
7813 // We always push a slot-rounded size
7814 currentOffset -= genTypeSize(fieldType);
7818 prevFieldOffset = fieldOffset;
7820 if (currentOffset != 0)
7822 // We don't expect padding at the beginning of a struct, but it could happen with explicit layout.
7823 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, currentOffset, EA_PTRSIZE);
7824 AddStackLevel(currentOffset);
7827 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
7829 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
7830 // genPutArgStk - generate code for passing an arg on the stack.
7833 // treeNode - the GT_PUTARG_STK node
7834 // targetType - the type of the treeNode
7839 void CodeGen::genPutArgStk(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgStk)
7841 var_types targetType = putArgStk->TypeGet();
7845 genAlignStackBeforeCall(putArgStk);
7847 if (varTypeIsStruct(targetType))
7849 (void)genAdjustStackForPutArgStk(putArgStk);
7850 genPutStructArgStk(putArgStk);
7854 // The following logic is applicable for x86 arch.
7855 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(targetType) || (targetType == putArgStk->gtOp1->TypeGet()));
7857 GenTreePtr data = putArgStk->gtOp1;
7859 // On a 32-bit target, all of the long arguments are handled with GT_FIELD_LIST,
7860 // and the type of the putArgStk is TYP_VOID.
7861 assert(targetType != TYP_LONG);
7863 const unsigned argSize = putArgStk->getArgSize();
7864 assert((argSize % TARGET_POINTER_SIZE) == 0);
7866 if (data->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
7868 if (data->IsIconHandle())
7870 inst_IV_handle(INS_push, data->gtIntCon.gtIconVal);
7874 inst_IV(INS_push, data->gtIntCon.gtIconVal);
7876 AddStackLevel(argSize);
7878 else if (data->OperGet() == GT_FIELD_LIST)
7880 genPutArgStkFieldList(putArgStk);
7884 // We should not see any contained nodes that are not immediates.
7885 assert(data->isUsedFromReg());
7886 genConsumeReg(data);
7887 genPushReg(targetType, data->gtRegNum);
7889 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
7891 unsigned baseVarNum = getBaseVarForPutArgStk(putArgStk);
7893 #ifdef FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
7895 if (varTypeIsStruct(targetType))
7897 m_stkArgVarNum = baseVarNum;
7898 m_stkArgOffset = putArgStk->getArgOffset();
7899 genPutStructArgStk(putArgStk);
7900 m_stkArgVarNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;
7903 #endif // FEATURE_UNIX_AMD64_STRUCT_PASSING
7905 noway_assert(targetType != TYP_STRUCT);
7906 assert(!varTypeIsFloating(targetType) || (targetType == putArgStk->gtOp1->TypeGet()));
7908 // Get argument offset on stack.
7909 // Here we cross check that argument offset hasn't changed from lowering to codegen since
7910 // we are storing arg slot number in GT_PUTARG_STK node in lowering phase.
7911 int argOffset = putArgStk->getArgOffset();
7914 fgArgTabEntryPtr curArgTabEntry = compiler->gtArgEntryByNode(putArgStk->gtCall, putArgStk);
7915 assert(curArgTabEntry);
7916 assert(argOffset == (int)curArgTabEntry->slotNum * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
7919 GenTreePtr data = putArgStk->gtOp1;
7921 if (data->isContainedIntOrIImmed())
7923 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_I(ins_Store(targetType), emitTypeSize(targetType), baseVarNum, argOffset,
7924 (int)data->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue());
7928 assert(data->isUsedFromReg());
7929 genConsumeReg(data);
7930 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(targetType), emitTypeSize(targetType), data->gtRegNum, baseVarNum,
7934 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
7938 // genPushReg: Push a register value onto the stack and adjust the stack level
7941 // type - the type of value to be stored
7942 // reg - the register containing the value
7945 // For TYP_LONG, the srcReg must be a floating point register.
7946 // Otherwise, the register type must be consistent with the given type.
7948 void CodeGen::genPushReg(var_types type, regNumber srcReg)
7950 unsigned size = genTypeSize(type);
7951 if (varTypeIsIntegralOrI(type) && type != TYP_LONG)
7953 assert(genIsValidIntReg(srcReg));
7954 inst_RV(INS_push, srcReg, type);
7959 emitAttr attr = emitTypeSize(type);
7960 if (type == TYP_LONG)
7962 // On x86, the only way we can push a TYP_LONG from a register is if it is in an xmm reg.
7963 // This is only used when we are pushing a struct from memory to memory, and basically is
7964 // handling an 8-byte "chunk", as opposed to strictly a long type.
7969 ins = ins_Store(type);
7971 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(srcReg));
7972 inst_RV_IV(INS_sub, REG_SPBASE, size, EA_PTRSIZE);
7973 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(ins, attr, srcReg, REG_SPBASE, 0);
7975 AddStackLevel(size);
7977 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
7979 #if defined(FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK)
7980 // genStoreRegToStackArg: Store a register value into the stack argument area
7983 // type - the type of value to be stored
7984 // reg - the register containing the value
7985 // offset - the offset from the base (see Assumptions below)
7988 // A type of TYP_STRUCT instructs this method to store a 16-byte chunk
7989 // at the given offset (i.e. not the full struct).
7992 // The caller must set the context appropriately before calling this method:
7993 // - On x64, m_stkArgVarNum must be set according to whether this is a regular or tail call.
7994 // - On x86, the caller must set m_pushStkArg if this method should push the argument.
7995 // Otherwise, the argument is stored at the given offset from sp.
7997 // TODO: In the below code the load and store instructions are for 16 bytes, but the
7998 // type is EA_8BYTE. The movdqa/u are 16 byte instructions, so it works, but
7999 // this probably needs to be changed.
8001 void CodeGen::genStoreRegToStackArg(var_types type, regNumber srcReg, int offset)
8003 assert(srcReg != REG_NA);
8008 if (type == TYP_STRUCT)
8011 // This should be changed!
8018 if (varTypeIsSIMD(type))
8020 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(srcReg));
8021 ins = ins_Store(type); // TODO-CQ: pass 'aligned' correctly
8024 #endif // FEATURE_SIMD
8026 if (type == TYP_LONG)
8028 assert(genIsValidFloatReg(srcReg));
8032 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
8034 assert((varTypeIsFloating(type) && genIsValidFloatReg(srcReg)) ||
8035 (varTypeIsIntegralOrI(type) && genIsValidIntReg(srcReg)));
8036 ins = ins_Store(type);
8038 attr = emitTypeSize(type);
8039 size = genTypeSize(type);
8045 genPushReg(type, srcReg);
8049 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(ins, attr, srcReg, REG_SPBASE, offset);
8051 #else // !_TARGET_X86_
8052 assert(m_stkArgVarNum != BAD_VAR_NUM);
8053 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins, attr, srcReg, m_stkArgVarNum, m_stkArgOffset + offset);
8054 #endif // !_TARGET_X86_
8057 //---------------------------------------------------------------------
8058 // genPutStructArgStk - generate code for copying a struct arg on the stack by value.
8059 // In case there are references to heap object in the struct,
8060 // it generates the gcinfo as well.
8063 // putArgStk - the GT_PUTARG_STK node
8066 // In the case of fixed out args, the caller must have set m_stkArgVarNum to the variable number
8067 // corresponding to the argument area (where we will put the argument on the stack).
8068 // For tail calls this is the baseVarNum = 0.
8069 // For non tail calls this is the outgoingArgSpace.
8070 void CodeGen::genPutStructArgStk(GenTreePutArgStk* putArgStk)
8072 var_types targetType = putArgStk->TypeGet();
8074 #if defined(_TARGET_X86_) && defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
8075 if (targetType == TYP_SIMD12)
8077 genPutArgStkSIMD12(putArgStk);
8080 #endif // defined(_TARGET_X86_) && defined(FEATURE_SIMD)
8082 if (varTypeIsSIMD(targetType))
8084 regNumber srcReg = genConsumeReg(putArgStk->gtGetOp1());
8085 assert((srcReg != REG_NA) && (genIsValidFloatReg(srcReg)));
8086 genStoreRegToStackArg(targetType, srcReg, 0);
8090 assert(targetType == TYP_STRUCT);
8092 if (putArgStk->gtNumberReferenceSlots == 0)
8094 switch (putArgStk->gtPutArgStkKind)
8096 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::RepInstr:
8097 genStructPutArgRepMovs(putArgStk);
8099 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::Unroll:
8100 genStructPutArgUnroll(putArgStk);
8102 case GenTreePutArgStk::Kind::Push:
8103 genStructPutArgUnroll(putArgStk);
8111 // No need to disable GC the way COPYOBJ does. Here the refs are copied in atomic operations always.
8112 CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;
8115 // On x86, any struct that has contains GC references must be stored to the stack using `push` instructions so
8116 // that the emitter properly detects the need to update the method's GC information.
8118 // Strictly speaking, it is only necessary to use `push` to store the GC references themselves, so for structs
8119 // with large numbers of consecutive non-GC-ref-typed fields, we may be able to improve the code size in the
8121 assert(m_pushStkArg);
8123 GenTree* srcAddr = putArgStk->gtGetOp1()->gtGetOp1();
8124 BYTE* gcPtrs = putArgStk->gtGcPtrs;
8125 const unsigned numSlots = putArgStk->gtNumSlots;
8127 regNumber srcRegNum = srcAddr->gtRegNum;
8128 const bool srcAddrInReg = srcRegNum != REG_NA;
8130 unsigned srcLclNum = 0;
8131 unsigned srcLclOffset = 0;
8134 genConsumeReg(srcAddr);
8138 assert(srcAddr->OperIsLocalAddr());
8140 srcLclNum = srcAddr->AsLclVarCommon()->gtLclNum;
8141 if (srcAddr->OperGet() == GT_LCL_FLD_ADDR)
8143 srcLclOffset = srcAddr->AsLclFld()->gtLclOffs;
8147 for (int i = numSlots - 1; i >= 0; --i)
8150 if (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_NONE)
8152 slotAttr = EA_4BYTE;
8154 else if (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_REF)
8156 slotAttr = EA_GCREF;
8160 assert(gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_BYREF);
8161 slotAttr = EA_BYREF;
8164 const unsigned offset = i * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
8167 getEmitter()->emitIns_AR_R(INS_push, slotAttr, REG_NA, srcRegNum, offset);
8171 getEmitter()->emitIns_S(INS_push, slotAttr, srcLclNum, srcLclOffset + offset);
8173 AddStackLevel(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
8175 #else // !defined(_TARGET_X86_)
8177 // Consume these registers.
8178 // They may now contain gc pointers (depending on their type; gcMarkRegPtrVal will "do the right thing").
8179 genConsumePutStructArgStk(putArgStk, REG_RDI, REG_RSI, REG_NA);
8181 const bool srcIsLocal = putArgStk->gtOp1->AsObj()->gtOp1->OperIsLocalAddr();
8182 const emitAttr srcAddrAttr = srcIsLocal ? EA_PTRSIZE : EA_BYREF;
8185 unsigned numGCSlotsCopied = 0;
8188 BYTE* gcPtrs = putArgStk->gtGcPtrs;
8189 const unsigned numSlots = putArgStk->gtNumSlots;
8190 for (unsigned i = 0; i < numSlots;)
8192 if (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_NONE)
8194 // Let's see if we can use rep movsp (alias for movsd or movsq for 32 and 64 bits respectively)
8195 // instead of a sequence of movsp instructions to save cycles and code size.
8196 unsigned adjacentNonGCSlotCount = 0;
8199 adjacentNonGCSlotCount++;
8201 } while ((i < numSlots) && (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_NONE));
8203 // If we have a very small contiguous non-ref region, it's better just to
8204 // emit a sequence of movsp instructions
8205 if (adjacentNonGCSlotCount < CPOBJ_NONGC_SLOTS_LIMIT)
8207 for (; adjacentNonGCSlotCount > 0; adjacentNonGCSlotCount--)
8214 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_mov, EA_4BYTE, REG_RCX, adjacentNonGCSlotCount);
8215 instGen(INS_r_movsp);
8220 assert((gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_REF) || (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_BYREF));
8222 // We have a GC (byref or ref) pointer
8223 // TODO-Amd64-Unix: Here a better solution (for code size and CQ) would be to use movsp instruction,
8224 // but the logic for emitting a GC info record is not available (it is internal for the emitter
8225 // only.) See emitGCVarLiveUpd function. If we could call it separately, we could do
8226 // instGen(INS_movsp); and emission of gc info.
8228 var_types memType = (gcPtrs[i] == TYPE_GC_REF) ? TYP_REF : TYP_BYREF;
8229 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_AR(ins_Load(memType), emitTypeSize(memType), REG_RCX, REG_RSI, 0);
8230 genStoreRegToStackArg(memType, REG_RCX, i * TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
8239 // Source for the copy operation.
8240 // If a LocalAddr, use EA_PTRSIZE - copy from stack.
8241 // If not a LocalAddr, use EA_BYREF - the source location is not on the stack.
8242 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_add, srcAddrAttr, REG_RSI, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
8244 // Always copying to the stack - outgoing arg area
8245 // (or the outgoing arg area of the caller for a tail call) - use EA_PTRSIZE.
8246 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_I(INS_add, EA_PTRSIZE, REG_RDI, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE);
8251 assert(numGCSlotsCopied == putArgStk->gtNumberReferenceSlots);
8252 #endif // _TARGET_X86_
8255 #endif // defined(FEATURE_PUT_STRUCT_ARG_STK)
8257 /*****************************************************************************
8259 * Create and record GC Info for the function.
8261 #ifndef JIT32_GCENCODER
8263 #else // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8265 #endif // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8266 CodeGen::genCreateAndStoreGCInfo(unsigned codeSize, unsigned prologSize, unsigned epilogSize DEBUGARG(void* codePtr))
8268 #ifdef JIT32_GCENCODER
8269 return genCreateAndStoreGCInfoJIT32(codeSize, prologSize, epilogSize DEBUGARG(codePtr));
8270 #else // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8271 genCreateAndStoreGCInfoX64(codeSize, prologSize DEBUGARG(codePtr));
8272 #endif // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8275 #ifdef JIT32_GCENCODER
8276 void* CodeGen::genCreateAndStoreGCInfoJIT32(unsigned codeSize,
8277 unsigned prologSize,
8278 unsigned epilogSize DEBUGARG(void* codePtr))
8287 compiler->compInfoBlkSize =
8288 gcInfo.gcInfoBlockHdrSave(headerBuf, 0, codeSize, prologSize, epilogSize, &header, &s_cached);
8290 size_t argTabOffset = 0;
8291 size_t ptrMapSize = gcInfo.gcPtrTableSize(header, codeSize, &argTabOffset);
8295 if (genInterruptible)
8297 gcHeaderISize += compiler->compInfoBlkSize;
8298 gcPtrMapISize += ptrMapSize;
8302 gcHeaderNSize += compiler->compInfoBlkSize;
8303 gcPtrMapNSize += ptrMapSize;
8306 #endif // DISPLAY_SIZES
8308 compiler->compInfoBlkSize += ptrMapSize;
8310 /* Allocate the info block for the method */
8312 compiler->compInfoBlkAddr = (BYTE*)compiler->info.compCompHnd->allocGCInfo(compiler->compInfoBlkSize);
8314 #if 0 // VERBOSE_SIZES
8315 // TODO-X86-Cleanup: 'dataSize', below, is not defined
8317 // if (compiler->compInfoBlkSize > codeSize && compiler->compInfoBlkSize > 100)
8319 printf("[%7u VM, %7u+%7u/%7u x86 %03u/%03u%%] %s.%s\n",
8320 compiler->info.compILCodeSize,
8321 compiler->compInfoBlkSize,
8322 codeSize + dataSize,
8323 codeSize + dataSize - prologSize - epilogSize,
8324 100 * (codeSize + dataSize) / compiler->info.compILCodeSize,
8325 100 * (codeSize + dataSize + compiler->compInfoBlkSize) / compiler->info.compILCodeSize,
8326 compiler->info.compClassName,
8327 compiler->info.compMethodName);
8332 /* Fill in the info block and return it to the caller */
8334 void* infoPtr = compiler->compInfoBlkAddr;
8336 /* Create the method info block: header followed by GC tracking tables */
8338 compiler->compInfoBlkAddr +=
8339 gcInfo.gcInfoBlockHdrSave(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr, -1, codeSize, prologSize, epilogSize, &header, &s_cached);
8341 assert(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr == (BYTE*)infoPtr + headerSize);
8342 compiler->compInfoBlkAddr = gcInfo.gcPtrTableSave(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr, header, codeSize, &argTabOffset);
8343 assert(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr == (BYTE*)infoPtr + headerSize + ptrMapSize);
8349 BYTE* temp = (BYTE*)infoPtr;
8350 unsigned size = compiler->compInfoBlkAddr - temp;
8351 BYTE* ptab = temp + headerSize;
8353 noway_assert(size == headerSize + ptrMapSize);
8355 printf("Method info block - header [%u bytes]:", headerSize);
8357 for (unsigned i = 0; i < size; i++)
8361 printf("\nMethod info block - ptrtab [%u bytes]:", ptrMapSize);
8362 printf("\n %04X: %*c", i & ~0xF, 3 * (i & 0xF), ' ');
8367 printf("\n %04X: ", i);
8370 printf("%02X ", *temp++);
8380 if (compiler->opts.dspGCtbls)
8382 const BYTE* base = (BYTE*)infoPtr;
8384 unsigned methodSize;
8387 printf("GC Info for method %s\n", compiler->info.compFullName);
8388 printf("GC info size = %3u\n", compiler->compInfoBlkSize);
8390 size = gcInfo.gcInfoBlockHdrDump(base, &dumpHeader, &methodSize);
8391 // printf("size of header encoding is %3u\n", size);
8394 if (compiler->opts.dspGCtbls)
8397 size = gcInfo.gcDumpPtrTable(base, dumpHeader, methodSize);
8398 // printf("size of pointer table is %3u\n", size);
8400 noway_assert(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr == (base + size));
8405 if (jitOpts.testMask & 128)
8407 for (unsigned offs = 0; offs < codeSize; offs++)
8409 gcInfo.gcFindPtrsInFrame(infoPtr, codePtr, offs);
8413 #endif // DUMP_GC_TABLES
8415 /* Make sure we ended up generating the expected number of bytes */
8417 noway_assert(compiler->compInfoBlkAddr == (BYTE*)infoPtr + compiler->compInfoBlkSize);
8422 #else // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8423 void CodeGen::genCreateAndStoreGCInfoX64(unsigned codeSize, unsigned prologSize DEBUGARG(void* codePtr))
8425 IAllocator* allowZeroAlloc = new (compiler, CMK_GC) AllowZeroAllocator(compiler->getAllocatorGC());
8426 GcInfoEncoder* gcInfoEncoder = new (compiler, CMK_GC)
8427 GcInfoEncoder(compiler->info.compCompHnd, compiler->info.compMethodInfo, allowZeroAlloc, NOMEM);
8428 assert(gcInfoEncoder);
8430 // Follow the code pattern of the x86 gc info encoder (genCreateAndStoreGCInfoJIT32).
8431 gcInfo.gcInfoBlockHdrSave(gcInfoEncoder, codeSize, prologSize);
8433 // We keep the call count for the second call to gcMakeRegPtrTable() below.
8434 unsigned callCnt = 0;
8435 // First we figure out the encoder ID's for the stack slots and registers.
8436 gcInfo.gcMakeRegPtrTable(gcInfoEncoder, codeSize, prologSize, GCInfo::MAKE_REG_PTR_MODE_ASSIGN_SLOTS, &callCnt);
8437 // Now we've requested all the slots we'll need; "finalize" these (make more compact data structures for them).
8438 gcInfoEncoder->FinalizeSlotIds();
8439 // Now we can actually use those slot ID's to declare live ranges.
8440 gcInfo.gcMakeRegPtrTable(gcInfoEncoder, codeSize, prologSize, GCInfo::MAKE_REG_PTR_MODE_DO_WORK, &callCnt);
8442 if (compiler->opts.compDbgEnC)
8444 // what we have to preserve is called the "frame header" (see comments in VM\eetwain.cpp)
8448 // -saved 'this' pointer and bool for synchronized methods
8450 // 4 slots for RBP + return address + RSI + RDI
8451 int preservedAreaSize = 4 * REGSIZE_BYTES;
8453 if (compiler->info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_SYNCH)
8455 if (!(compiler->info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_STATIC))
8457 preservedAreaSize += REGSIZE_BYTES;
8460 // bool in synchronized methods that tracks whether the lock has been taken (takes 4 bytes on stack)
8461 preservedAreaSize += 4;
8464 // Used to signal both that the method is compiled for EnC, and also the size of the block at the top of the
8466 gcInfoEncoder->SetSizeOfEditAndContinuePreservedArea(preservedAreaSize);
8469 if (compiler->opts.IsReversePInvoke())
8471 unsigned reversePInvokeFrameVarNumber = compiler->lvaReversePInvokeFrameVar;
8472 assert(reversePInvokeFrameVarNumber != BAD_VAR_NUM && reversePInvokeFrameVarNumber < compiler->lvaRefCount);
8473 LclVarDsc& reversePInvokeFrameVar = compiler->lvaTable[reversePInvokeFrameVarNumber];
8474 gcInfoEncoder->SetReversePInvokeFrameSlot(reversePInvokeFrameVar.lvStkOffs);
8477 gcInfoEncoder->Build();
8479 // GC Encoder automatically puts the GC info in the right spot using ICorJitInfo::allocGCInfo(size_t)
8480 // let's save the values anyway for debugging purposes
8481 compiler->compInfoBlkAddr = gcInfoEncoder->Emit();
8482 compiler->compInfoBlkSize = 0; // not exposed by the GCEncoder interface
8484 #endif // !JIT32_GCENCODER
8486 /*****************************************************************************
8487 * Emit a call to a helper function.
8491 void CodeGen::genEmitHelperCall(unsigned helper, int argSize, emitAttr retSize, regNumber callTargetReg)
8493 void* addr = nullptr;
8494 void* pAddr = nullptr;
8496 emitter::EmitCallType callType = emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN;
8497 addr = compiler->compGetHelperFtn((CorInfoHelpFunc)helper, &pAddr);
8498 regNumber callTarget = REG_NA;
8499 regMaskTP killMask = compiler->compHelperCallKillSet((CorInfoHelpFunc)helper);
8503 assert(pAddr != nullptr);
8505 // Absolute indirect call addr
8506 // Note: Order of checks is important. First always check for pc-relative and next
8507 // zero-relative. Because the former encoding is 1-byte smaller than the latter.
8508 if (genCodeIndirAddrCanBeEncodedAsPCRelOffset((size_t)pAddr) ||
8509 genCodeIndirAddrCanBeEncodedAsZeroRelOffset((size_t)pAddr))
8511 // generate call whose target is specified by 32-bit offset relative to PC or zero.
8512 callType = emitter::EC_FUNC_TOKEN_INDIR;
8517 #ifdef _TARGET_AMD64_
8518 // If this indirect address cannot be encoded as 32-bit offset relative to PC or Zero,
8519 // load it into REG_HELPER_CALL_TARGET and use register indirect addressing mode to
8524 if (callTargetReg == REG_NA)
8526 // If a callTargetReg has not been explicitly provided, we will use REG_DEFAULT_HELPER_CALL_TARGET, but
8527 // this is only a valid assumption if the helper call is known to kill REG_DEFAULT_HELPER_CALL_TARGET.
8528 callTargetReg = REG_DEFAULT_HELPER_CALL_TARGET;
8529 regMaskTP callTargetMask = genRegMask(callTargetReg);
8530 noway_assert((callTargetMask & killMask) == callTargetMask);
8534 // The call target must not overwrite any live variable, though it may not be in the
8535 // kill set for the call.
8536 regMaskTP callTargetMask = genRegMask(callTargetReg);
8537 noway_assert((callTargetMask & regSet.rsMaskVars) == RBM_NONE);
8541 callTarget = callTargetReg;
8542 CodeGen::genSetRegToIcon(callTarget, (ssize_t)pAddr, TYP_I_IMPL);
8543 callType = emitter::EC_INDIR_ARD;
8548 getEmitter()->emitIns_Call(callType,
8549 compiler->eeFindHelper(helper),
8550 INDEBUG_LDISASM_COMMA(nullptr) addr,
8553 MULTIREG_HAS_SECOND_GC_RET_ONLY_ARG(EA_UNKNOWN),
8554 gcInfo.gcVarPtrSetCur,
8555 gcInfo.gcRegGCrefSetCur,
8556 gcInfo.gcRegByrefSetCur,
8557 BAD_IL_OFFSET, // IL offset
8559 REG_NA, 0, 0, // xreg, xmul, disp
8561 emitter::emitNoGChelper(helper));
8564 regTracker.rsTrashRegSet(killMask);
8565 regTracker.rsTrashRegsForGCInterruptability();
8568 #if !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
8569 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8571 // Code Generation for Long integers
8573 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8575 //------------------------------------------------------------------------
8576 // genStoreLongLclVar: Generate code to store a non-enregistered long lclVar
8579 // treeNode - A TYP_LONG lclVar node.
8585 // 'treeNode' must be a TYP_LONG lclVar node for a lclVar that has NOT been promoted.
8586 // Its operand must be a GT_LONG node.
8588 void CodeGen::genStoreLongLclVar(GenTree* treeNode)
8590 emitter* emit = getEmitter();
8592 GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode = treeNode->AsLclVarCommon();
8593 unsigned lclNum = lclNode->gtLclNum;
8594 LclVarDsc* varDsc = &(compiler->lvaTable[lclNum]);
8595 assert(varDsc->TypeGet() == TYP_LONG);
8596 assert(!varDsc->lvPromoted);
8597 GenTreePtr op1 = treeNode->gtOp.gtOp1;
8598 noway_assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_LONG || op1->OperGet() == GT_MUL_LONG);
8599 genConsumeRegs(op1);
8601 if (op1->OperGet() == GT_LONG)
8603 // Definitions of register candidates will have been lowered to 2 int lclVars.
8604 assert(!treeNode->InReg());
8606 GenTreePtr loVal = op1->gtGetOp1();
8607 GenTreePtr hiVal = op1->gtGetOp2();
8609 // NYI: Contained immediates.
8610 NYI_IF((loVal->gtRegNum == REG_NA) || (hiVal->gtRegNum == REG_NA),
8611 "Store of long lclVar with contained immediate");
8613 emit->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_INT), EA_4BYTE, loVal->gtRegNum, lclNum, 0);
8614 emit->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_INT), EA_4BYTE, hiVal->gtRegNum, lclNum, genTypeSize(TYP_INT));
8616 else if (op1->OperGet() == GT_MUL_LONG)
8618 assert((op1->gtFlags & GTF_MUL_64RSLT) != 0);
8621 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_INT), emitTypeSize(TYP_INT), REG_LNGRET_LO, lclNum, 0);
8622 getEmitter()->emitIns_S_R(ins_Store(TYP_INT), emitTypeSize(TYP_INT), REG_LNGRET_HI, lclNum,
8623 genTypeSize(TYP_INT));
8626 #endif // !defined(_TARGET_64BIT_)
8628 /*****************************************************************************
8629 * Unit testing of the XArch emitter: generate a bunch of instructions into the prolog
8630 * (it's as good a place as any), then use COMPlus_JitLateDisasm=* to see if the late
8631 * disassembler thinks the instructions as the same as we do.
8634 // Uncomment "#define ALL_ARM64_EMITTER_UNIT_TESTS" to run all the unit tests here.
8635 // After adding a unit test, and verifying it works, put it under this #ifdef, so we don't see it run every time.
8636 //#define ALL_XARCH_EMITTER_UNIT_TESTS
8638 #if defined(DEBUG) && defined(LATE_DISASM) && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
8639 void CodeGen::genAmd64EmitterUnitTests()
8646 if (!compiler->opts.altJit)
8648 // No point doing this in a "real" JIT.
8652 // Mark the "fake" instructions in the output.
8653 printf("*************** In genAmd64EmitterUnitTests()\n");
8656 // genDefineTempLabel(genCreateTempLabel());
8657 // to create artificial labels to help separate groups of tests.
8662 CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;
8664 #ifdef ALL_XARCH_EMITTER_UNIT_TESTS
8665 #ifdef FEATURE_AVX_SUPPORT
8666 genDefineTempLabel(genCreateTempLabel());
8668 // vhaddpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8669 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_haddpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8670 // vaddss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8671 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addss, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8672 // vaddsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8673 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addsd, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8674 // vaddps xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8675 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addps, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8676 // vaddps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8677 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addps, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8678 // vaddpd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8679 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addpd, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8680 // vaddpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8681 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_addpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8682 // vsubss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8683 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subss, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8684 // vsubsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8685 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subsd, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8686 // vsubps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8687 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subps, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8688 // vsubps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8689 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subps, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8690 // vsubpd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8691 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subpd, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8692 // vsubpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8693 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_subpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8694 // vmulss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8695 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulss, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8696 // vmulsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8697 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulsd, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8698 // vmulps xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8699 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulps, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8700 // vmulpd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8701 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulpd, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8702 // vmulps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8703 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulps, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8704 // vmulpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8705 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_mulpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8706 // vandps xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8707 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_andps, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8708 // vandpd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8709 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_andpd, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8710 // vandps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8711 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_andps, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8712 // vandpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8713 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_andpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8714 // vorps xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8715 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_orps, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8716 // vorpd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8717 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_orpd, EA_16BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8718 // vorps ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8719 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_orps, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8720 // vorpd ymm0,ymm1,ymm2
8721 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_orpd, EA_32BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8722 // vdivss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8723 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_divss, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8724 // vdivsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8725 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_divsd, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8726 // vdivss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8727 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_divss, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8728 // vdivsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8729 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_divsd, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8731 // vdivss xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8732 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_cvtss2sd, EA_4BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8733 // vdivsd xmm0,xmm1,xmm2
8734 getEmitter()->emitIns_R_R_R(INS_cvtsd2ss, EA_8BYTE, REG_XMM0, REG_XMM1, REG_XMM2);
8735 #endif // FEATURE_AVX_SUPPORT
8736 #endif // ALL_XARCH_EMITTER_UNIT_TESTS
8737 printf("*************** End of genAmd64EmitterUnitTests()\n");
8740 #endif // defined(DEBUG) && defined(LATE_DISASM) && defined(_TARGET_AMD64_)
8742 #endif // _TARGET_AMD64_
8744 #endif // !LEGACY_BACKEND